Home

Quantum DLT2700xt User's Manual

1. MLO 012870 Figure 2 2 Changing the SCSI ID via the Pushbutton Switch 2 5 Connect the Cables Section 2 5 includes the following topics Topic Section Examine the DLT2000 Rear Panel 2 5 1 Connect the SCSI Signal Cable 2 5 2 Terminate the SCSI Bus 2 5 3 Connect the Power Cord 2 5 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 5 Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive 2 5 1 Examine the DLT2000 Rear Panel Examine the components on the DLT2000 rear panel to complete the physical installation Figure 2 3 Power Power SCSI Signal SCSI Signal Connector Switch Connector Connector IN Out Termination MLO 012869 Figure 2 3 Rear Panel Components 2 5 2 Connect the SCSI Signal Cable To connect the SCSI signal cable 1 Connect one end of the SCSI cable to the leftmost SCSI signal connector on the DLT2000 rear panel 2 Snap the wire cable clamps into place to secure the cable 3 Connect the other end of the SCSI signal cable to the SCSI connector on your system or for daisy chained configurations to another SCSI device See your system documentation for system SCSI connections 2 6 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive 2 5 3 Terminate the SCSI Bus Note The S
2. sesscsccececsesseececececsesssauececececseneneeeceeeceenensees 8 74 8 48 MODE SENSE PAGE DESCRIPTOR cceesessscecececsesseascecececeeceesseaececeeeceessaeeeeeeeeeenes 8 74 8 49 MODE SENSE PAGES SUPPORTED cccccceessscecesssececessceceensaseecesssececssseeceesaeeeessaaecs 8 77 8 50 CONTROL MODE PAGE OAH ccccsssccecsesceceessececssseececsseeeceesaececseseeeesaeeecsesaeeeesenaees 8 78 8 5 1 DEVICE CONFIGURATION PAGE FORMAT c cccccccscsessseceeececsesseaecececeeceeseaeeeceeeceenenaees 8 80 8 52 DATA COMPRESSION PAGE cssccccesssseecesscececsseeecesaeceecssssececnseeecessueeecsssseesessseeensaaees 8 82 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xiii Table of Contents 8 53 DISCONNECT RECONNECT PAGE FORMAT cccsssscscceceesessscececececsesseseceeecceesensaaseeeeeeees 8 84 8 54 MEDIUM PARTITION PAGE FORMAT cccesssscecessceceessececeessececcsssseceensececessaeeeenssseeeens 8 85 8 55 ERROR RECOVERY PAGE FORMAT ccsccccsessececssscececsseeecessseceecsseeecsenseeecessseeeentseeeeens 8 86 8 56 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL CDB 000 eccccecceesscceensececessseeeenteeeeeens 8 89 8 ST READ CDB ei ciicsecscsk a red svesenbdetuss T T E cece conten 8 90 8 58 READ BLOCK LIMITS CDB a E AEE NN 8 92 8 59 READ BLOCK LIMITS 0 cece ccccccccccscccesssececessceceenseeeceesueeecessseeecnseeeceesaeeeenssaeeeens 8 92 8 60 READ BUFFER O DB a a EAEE Ar A E E E EE ES 8 93 8 61 READ
3. ccescccsessececeeseecesseececseseececseeeeeesseeeenenaees D 1 P2 BUGCHECK PACKETS a rota eea e era a a enre aeae e dete aeea eaeh ne D 2 DBD 3 PO ST BAILURE PACKE TS en tetere E E ASEE EE EEOSE D 4 DA EVENT OTCE IO A A E EEE E EAE EE E A E ET D 4 D 4 1 Directory Failure Event Logs eessseesseeeesesrseresrsrreresreresreeresrerrsserrreresrrnesreressreees D 5 D 5 PRIMARY STATUS SECONDARY STATUS ccccccccscscsccececececscesesesesecesscesesssecesseeeseeeseeeseees D 7 D 6 CODE UPDATE CUP STATUS PACKET c cccesessceceessececseceecesseeecsesaececseseeessseeessenaees D 8 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xi Table of Contents List of Figures Del DRIVE FRONT PANEL AEE cocesinie E E EE 2 3 2 2 CHANGING THE SCSI ID VIA THE PUSHBUTTON SWITCHPACK LATER MODEL 5 2 5 2 3 REAR PANEL COMPONENTS sssssssssecececsesssececececeesescseceeeceesesseaeseeeeecsessaaeeeseeeeeensneaeeees 2 6 3 1 DLT2000 DRIVE CONNECTORS ccecsessscecececeeseaeceeececeesnsaececececseneqsececececeesesnsaeeeeeeeenes 3 2 3 2 SCSI ID CONNECTOR PINS v2 orcccucoseesveredevechdeseciasdesevecseeseusindestcosededeessecedecevavevaecincesecsteesys 3 3 323 JUMPER OTEN COINNE E E A cou oousdne dnccbe conver sduoces eouavenshavind SE E TEE 3 4 3 4 JUMPER SETTINGS FOR TRM PWR TRM ENB CONNECTOR sessssssecececesssestsceeeeeees 3 5 3 5 DLT2000 REAR CONNECTORS ccccesesssssececececeessaeceeccecsesssaececececseneseeecececees
4. DNS SEL Mini library is in Density Select mode OVR Front panel selection overrides host selection DRV RDY Drive is ready DRV ACT Drive is active DRV REW Tape is rewinding HC Use cleaning tape WP Drive is in write protect status Switch Functions While in Density Select mode When you press and release the Display Mode button once the mini library enters Normal mode 4 18 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 8 3 SCSI ID Select Mode SCSI ID Select mode allows you to select the SCSI ID for the tape drive and to enter Code Update mode If you turn power off and then on again or reset the mini library the SCSI ID you chose reappears after being stored If the display says It means the SCSI ID SEL Mini library is in SCSI ID Select mode SCSI ID 0 SCSI ID is set to 0 SCSI ID 1 SCSI ID is set to 1 SCSI ID 2 SCSI ID is set to 2 SCSI ID 3 SCSI ID is set to 3 SCSI ID 4 SCSI ID is set to 4 SCSI ID 5 SCSI ID is set to 5 SCSI ID 6 SCSI ID is set to 6 SCSI ID 7 SCSI ID is set to 7 If you press the Select button while in SCSI ID Select mode the stored SCSI ID you chose moves by one increment If you press the Select button when the stored SCSI ID is 7 then the SCSI ID moves to 0 Switch Functions While in SCSI ID Select mode If you press and release the Display Mode button the mini library enters Normal mode 4 8 4 Code Update Mode See Chapter 7 to pl
5. Your data cartridge may be causing the problem Cleaning has not been done and the cartridge is expired NOTE And you should Use the cleaning cartridge Follow the instructions in this chapter to insert a cartridge into the magazine and load into the drive When cleaning completes the cleaning cartridge unloads from the drive and returns to the magazine The LDR RDY message displays Back up this data onto another cartridge Discard the old cartridge which may be damaged A damaged cartridge may cause unnecessary use of the cleaning cartridge Try another data cartridge Replace the cleaning cartridge The cleaning cartridge expires after about 20 uses DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 29 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 30 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Chapter 5 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 5 1 In This Chapter Chapter 5 includes these main topics and sections Topic Section Introduction to the Media Loader 5 2 Configure the DLT2700 5 3 Mode Select Key 5 4 Selecting Density 5 5 Operator Control Panel OCP 5 6 Power On Process 5 7 Slot Select Load Unload and Eject Button 5 8 Functions Magazine 5 9 5 2 Introduction to the Mini Library The mini library option includes a DLT2000 tape drive a media loader and a 7 cartridge removable magazine The same SCSI target controller board controls the tape drive and
6. 4 10 3 Removing the Magazine from the Mini Library To remove the magazine from the mini library first ensure the OCP is enabled or unlocked via the key lock Figure 4 3 Then 1 If a tape is loaded in the drive press the Load Unload button to unload the tape from the drive and load it into the magazine Press the Open button Figure 4 5 to open the door of the mini library Pressing just the Open button also returns the tape to the magazine and opens the door Slide the door all the way to the left Grasp the magazine s handle and pull the magazine out of the mini library 4 10 4 Installing the Magazine into the Mini Library To install the magazine into the mini library open the mini library door by pressing the Open button CAUTION Do not force open the magazine door manually Always use the Open button to open the door electronically Ensure the door is moved all the way to the left 1 Hold the magazine by the handle Figure 4 7 and slide the magazine into the mini library doorway Since the magazine is slotted you can insert the magazine in the correct orientation only Slide the door to close Ensure the door is fully closed before you proceed 4 26 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 10 5 Selecting a Cartridge from the Magazine After a successful initialization the mini library automatically selects the first slot containing a
7. 5 26 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT2500 DLT2700 Mini Library 6 1 In This Chapter Chapter 6 includes the following main topics and sections Topic Section Conditions Necessary for Button Operation 6 2 Backup Operation Failure 6 3 Avoiding Basic Problems 6 4 Error Conditions DLT2500 6 5 DLT2700 6 6 Power Problems 6 7 6 2 Conditions Necessary for Button Operation Be sure to review information in the previous chapters to ensure you are correctly operating the DLT2500 DLT2700 mini library Before you press the Slot Select Load Unload or Eject button on the DLT2500 DLT2700 OCP check for the conditions listed in Table 6 1 and ensure the e Power On indicator is on e Receiver is closed e Mode Select key is not set to OCP Disabled Pressing these buttons has no effect if their indicators are off DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 6 1 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT2500 DLT2700 Mini Library Note Do not press the Load Unload button to abort any function of the DLT2500 DLT2700 subsystem Press Ctrl Y or Ctrl C instead See Chapter 4 for more information on the functions of the DLT2500 OCP buttons Table 6 1 DLT2500 OCP Button Conditions If you want to Select another slot in the magazine Load the selected cartridge into the tape drive Return the selected cartridge to its original slot in the magazine Clear a magazine
8. 5 to 200 Hz horizontal x and y Vibration levels 1 19 GRMS overall in vertical z axis 0 698 GRMS overall in horizontal x and y axes PSD envelope vert 5 to 10 Hz 0 003 g 2 Hz 5 to 0 020 10 10 to 50 Hz Flat 0 020 g 2 Hz 50 to 300 Hz 0 020 g 2 Hz 50 w 8 dB oct rolloff PSD envelope horiz 5 to 10 Hz 0 0011 g 2 Hz 5 to 0 007 10 10 to 50 Hz Flat 0 007 g 2 Hz 50 to 200 Hz 0 007 g 2 Hz 50 w 8 dB oct rolloff Application X Y and Z axes One hour each axis 3 hours total A 16 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Table A 16 Nonoperating Packaged Repetitive Shock Specifications Excitation type Shock bounce cycles Application Synchronous vertical motion 1 in excursion 14 200 total Half cycles each in x and y orientations 1 2 7100 cycles in the x orientation 1 2 7100 cycles in the y orientation Table A 17 Nonoperating Packaged Shock Drop Specifications Test type Drop height Application Drop shock 30 in items lt 20 9 Ibs 24 in 21 lt items lt 40 9 lbs 18 in 41 lt items lt 60 9 lbs 12 in 61 lt items lt 100 lbs 10 drops total 1 each side 3 edges 1 corner Table A 18 Nonoperating Unpackaged Vibration Specifications Nonoperating Unpackage Vibration Specifications Vibration type Frequency range Acceleration level Application Vibration type Frequency range Acceleration level PSD envelope Application
9. Figure 8 49 MODE SENSE Pages Supported PS Bit A Parameters Savable PS bit of one indicates that the page can be saved in nonvolatile memory by the drive If the PS bit is zero the supported parameters cannot be saved Saveable pages are not supported Additional Page Length This indicates the number of bytes in that page However the value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 77 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 3 Control Mode Page 0Ah The Control Mode Page allows you to determine whether the DLT2000 will return Check Condition status when one of its write and read error counters reaches a specified threshold Bit eC EAENENEAEE T Ready AEN Holdoff Period Figure 8 50 Control Mode Page 0Ah Page Code The Page Code identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred The value returned for the Page Code is OAh Control Mode Page Page Length The Page Length indicates the number of bytes in the Control Mode Page that follow this byte The value returned for this byte is 06h RLEC Report Log Exception Condition The RLEC bit indicates whether the DLT2000 should return Check Condition status with the sense key set to Unit Attention 6h when one of its write and read error counters reaches a specified threshold as follows 0 Do not return Unit Att
10. Sine 5 500 5 Hz 1g X Y and Z axes Random 10 500 Hz 2g X Y and Z axes Sweep Upward and downward sweep 10 500 10 Hz Sweep rate 1 2 octave per minute Sweep Upward and downward sweep 0 008 g 2 Hz Sweep rate 60 min axis DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 17 Technical Specifications Table A 19 Nonoperating Unpackaged Shock Specifications Nonoperating Unpackaged Pulse shape Square wave Peak acceleration 40 G Duration 180 in sec Application X Y and Z axes twice in each axis Pulse shape 1 2 sine pulse Peak acceleration 140 G Duration 2 ms Application X Y and Z axes twice in each axis A 18 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications A 6 Electromagnetic Interference EMI Susceptibility Section A describes electromagnetic interference specifications including Topic Section Electromagnetic Emissions A 6 1 Conducted Emissions A 6 2 Radiated Emissions A 6 3 Magnetic Radiated Susceptibility A 6 4 Radiated Susceptibility A 6 5 Conducted Susceptibility A 6 6 ESD Failure Level Limits A 6 7 Acoustic Noise Emissions A 6 8 A 6 1 Electromagnetic Emissions Electromagnetic emissions include CSA 108 8 EEC Directive 89 336 EN55022 and National standards are based on BS6527 UK NENS55022 Netherlands VDE 0871 Class A Germany CE Mark Cispr22 Class A e FCC Rules Part 15B e Class A certified A 6 2 Conducted Emissions Limits
11. Table 8 3 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters cont d Name REPORTRCVDPERRS ENATHIRDPTYDENS FORCEREADSILI CACHETMS LDRCYCLERESET ENAREPDECOMP Value Rep Default Skip Default Bytes ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Decimal ASCII Binary ASCII Binary 0 8 66 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Length Usage 1 To report recovered error if parity error has been retried successfully if set To make non DLT density code act as the default density same as density code 0 if set To make variable Read command handled as if the SILI bit is set if set 0 1 Don t cache filemarks unless Imm bit is 1 2 Cache if not 2 in a row unless Imm bit is 1 3 Always cache filemarks To cause the first cartridge to be loaded if unloading the last cartridge when the loader product is operated in sequential mode if set If set and the drive is in Read mode the decompression algorithm field in Data Compression mode page will be set if the last block requested by the host was decompressed otherwise it is cleared DLT2000 SCSI Interface This is an example of an EEROM vendor unique page that will modify the VENDORID parameter to XXXYY fol o o Page Code 3EH lt LF gt OAH or 00H E E A Figure 8 40 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Example 1 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 67 DLT2000 SCSI Interface This is an example of an EEROM vendor unique page t
12. The ERR MAG message tells you the status of cartridges reported by the loader and drive is inconsistent In some magazine errors the mini library retries the error three times before showing failure All magazine errors cause the ERR MAG message to display 6 5 1 1 DLT2500 Clearing a Magazine Error When you press the Open button the mini library attempts to clear the error The door opens to let you remove the magazine Verify that cartridges are inserted securely into the magazine and the magazine is not defective If you still cannot clear the error call your service representative 6 5 2 DLT2500 Loader Error Description The ERR LDR message tells you the mini library detected an error in the loader transfer assembly In some loader transfer assembly errors the mini library retries the error three times before showing failure All loader errors cause the ERR LDR message to display 6 5 3 DLT2500 Drive Error Description The ERR DRV message tells you the mini library detected an error in the tape drive In some drive errors the mini library retries the error three times before showing failure All drive errors cause the ERR DRV message to display 6 5 4 DLT2500 Controller Error Description The ERR CTL message tells you the mini library detected an error in the controller In some controller errors the mini library retries the error three times before showing failure All controller errors cause the ERR CTL message to display
13. ccccccccesscccecsssceceessececesssececsceeceesseeecesssececnseeceesueeeenssseceestseeeseaaees D 5 D 4 DIRECTORY EVENT LOG FLAGS ccccseccccesscececsssceceessececesscececsseeceesaeeecsssseceesteeeensaaees D 7 D 5 DIRECTORY EVENT STATUSES a a E re EO O EE ETE E EAE EEES D 7 D 6 68020 CODE UPDATE STATUS ccccsessscccececeessaececececeesesecececccseseseaeceeeeeesenssaeeeeseeenes D 10 D 7 SERVO CODE UPDATE STATUS orrara serana raare EEREN aE rira r araith D 10 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xvii Table of Contents xvili DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem REVISION HISTORY This Revision History provides a concise publication record of this manual It lists the manual revision levels release dates and reasons for the revisions Manual No Rev Level 81 109132 01 81 109132 02 81 109132 03 Date Summary of Changes April 14 1995 Original issue August 18 1995 Specifications and illustrations were upgraded DLT2500 Mini library section add January 19 1996 Caution added for unloading a tape cartridge AC Power Cord spec s added FCC Statement upgraded Upgraded Chapters to 8 and appendix A DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xix Revision History xx DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Preface To the Reader QUANTUM makes every effort to ensure the accuracy of information However some errors may have been introduced inadvertently
14. Bit a ee aes Figure 8 68 RELEASE UNIT CDB RELEASE UNIT releases the drive if it is currently reserved by the requesting initiator It is not an error to attempt to release the drive if it is not currently reserved by the requesting initiator However if it reserved by another initiator the drive is not released 3rdPty The third party release option for RELEASE UNIT allows an initiator to release a logical unit that was previously reserved using the third party reservation option If the third party 3rdPty bit is zero then the third party release option is not requested If the 3rdPty bit is one the drive is released if it was originally reserved by the same initiator using the third party reservation option and if the device is the same SCSI device that was specified in the third party device ID field 8 4 17 1 Medium Changer Considerations The optional Element reservation feature defined for Medium Changer devices in SCSI 2 is not supported so the RELEASE command is defined the same as for the tape drive Only the whole loader unit can be released Reserve release of the Loader and Drive LUNs are handled independently 8 100 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 18 REQUEST SENSE 03h Bit Get ete Figure 8 69 REQUEST SENSE CDB REQUEST SENSE tells the target to transfer sense data to the initiator The sense data is valid for a CHECK CONDITION or RESERVATION CONFLICT status return
15. DLT2000 SCSI Interface Parameter Code The following parameter codes are supported for the read write error counter pages Errors corrected with substantial delays Errors corrected with possible delays Total rewrites or rereads Total errors corrected Total times correction algorithm processed Total bytes processed Total uncorrected errors Vendor Unique Figure 8 22 Parameter Codes Supported Parameter codes 00h Olh and 04h will always return a value of zero DU DS TSD ETC TMC and LP are collectively referred to as parameter control byte DU Disable Update A zero value indicates that target shall update all log parameter values A value of indicates that target will not update the log parameter values except in response to LOG SELECT This bit is set by the drive when accumulated values reach maximum This is also returned set if the host set the bit in the last LOG SELECT command The default is zero Note For parameter types other than threshold and cumulative values this bit is always zero DS Disable Save Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 TSD Target Save Disable Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 ETC Enable Threshold Comparison ETC of 1 indicates that comparison to threshold is performed ETC of zero indicates that this comparison is not performed This bit is set to 1 by MODE SELECT Default is zero TMC Threshold Met Criter
16. Inhibit further WRITEs unless WRITE from BOT LBN 0 was found intact Directory WRITE failed Tape FORMAT Mismatch Event Log Generated Tape Format Unknown Reserved D 5 Primary Status Secondary Status Primary W N Be Be RR RR RB e RS Re KE DO 0 1 10 11 12 20 21 22 30 31 32 33 40 41 42 Table D 5 Directory Event Statuses Secondary Meaning Status Unknown No Directory 50 70 Format Inconsistent Formats Wrong Format Reserved Field Validation Failed Read Sync Time Out No directory Blocks Read Not all Directory Blocks Present SyncLock Failure Revision Level Mismatch Directory Verify Failed Directory Initialized WRITE from BOT Empty Directory Partial Directory Complete_Directory Missing Block Count The number of missing directory LBNs Expected LBNs The total number of directory LBNs expected DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem D 7 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Servo EOT Address Servo version of tape length Unique Media ID The Unique Media Identification number stored on the media CR_MSG Address The address of the CR MSG request block from TDS D 6 Code Update CUP Status Packet The CUP status packet is written after every code update attempt regardless of its status Refer to Figure D 6 for the overall packet layout The Old 68020 and Old Servo Sections contain informa tion about the code images that exist in the Flash memories for those areas bef
17. LSB MSB Number of Import Export Elements LSB MSB Ist Data Transfer Element Address 10 h LSB MSB Number of Data Transfer Elements 01 LSB Reserved Reserved Figure 8 91 Element Address Assignment Page Format o 6 B DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 141 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Medium Changer Element Address assignment is as follows Table 8 12 Medium Changer Element Addresses Address 0 1 2 OFh 10h 11h OFFh 100h 101h 102h 103h 104h 105h 106h 107h OFFFFh Comments Default Medium Transport Element Medium Transport Element Reserved Data Transfer Element tape drive Reserved Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 0 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 1 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 2 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 3 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 4 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 5 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 6 Reserved 8 142 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 5 3 3 Transport Geometry Parameters Page 1Eh The drive shall support the Transport Geometry Page which has the following format Bit z Code T Byte es Additional Page Length 02h 2 Reserved Rotate Member Number in Transport Element Set 0 Figure 8 92 Transport Geometry Page Format Rotation of media is not appropriate for this type of Loader so the Rotate bit is zero There is only one Medium Transport Eleme
18. ef of ef off ZKO 1217 18 RGS Figure 3 4 Jumper Settings for TRM PWR TRM ENB Connector No Term Term Power Disable Active Power Disable Termination Active Termination No Term Term Power Enable Active Power Enable Termination Active Termination DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 5 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 2 4 Locating the SCSI Cable and Power Connectors To install the DLT2000 drive note the location of the rear connectors Figure 3 5 Rear A ooooo0o0000000000000000000 oooooo0o0000000000000000000 z m m Rear B OOOO oooo0o00000000000000000000 _ _ er gg gry ey ge ooooo0o00000000000000000000 SSS 3 Ly ZKO 1217 16 RGS Figure 3 5 DLT2000 Rear Connectors 1 SCSI Connector Power Connector Power Connector Storage Works Option 3 6 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 3 Selecting Density Section 3 3 describes the drive s density select features Caution If a prerecorded tape and write from beginning of tape BOT all prerecorded data is lost This includes density changes since they only occur when writing from BOT Ways of Selecting Density Using CompacTape III the density de
19. they will be corrected in the next release QUANTUM recognizes that some users may require additional content We welcome your feedback and your suggestions for enhancements and we will evaluate your input for a future release Please send your comments to Technical Publications Quantum Corporation 333 South Street Shrewsbury MA 01545 Purpose of This Manual This manual is isssued for the DLT2000 Cartridge Tape drive and DLT2500 and DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystems The manual describes operating procedures code update and SCSI protocol features All care is taken to ensure accuracy However some of the parameters drawings and specifications being under constant review and enhancement may change Who Should Use This Manual This manual is written for the subsystem or system integrator and users of the DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xxi Preface Structure of This Manual Chapter 1 Overview and Features of the DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Product gives a product overview and lists the product features of the DLT2000 DLT2700 tape subsystem Chapter 2 Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive describes installing and configuring the DLT2000 tabletop tape drive Chapter 3 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Tape Drive includes selecting density configuration and other operation information for the tape drive such as front panel indicator
20. this table to do the code update again If you still cannot do the update call your service representative DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 13 Firmware Update From Tape Table 7 2 Results DLT2500 Code Update Cont d If This means And you should A controller Turn off mini library power failure occurs The and then on again drive is most likely unusable and If you still have a drive needs to be controller failure see your replaced service representative 7 4 3 Updating the Firmware on the DLT2700 Drive and Loader Configuration 1 Get or make a CompacTape with the firmware image of the desired revision level copied to it 2 Put the DLT2700 subsystem into firmware update mode To do this a Remove any magazine in the DLT2700 loader receiver and close the receiver b Put the Mode Select key in Service Mode wrench icon c Press the Load Unload button on the operator control panel OCP and hold the button about 6 seconds until the Write Protect indicator blinks This means the DLT2700 subsystem has recognized your request for firmware update mode and is waiting for completion of the sequence If the Write Protect indicator never blinks check that 1 POST succeeded 2 The drive is unloaded 3 The drive handle is in the down position 4 No magazine is in the loader 5 The receiver door is closed 6 The Mode Select key is in Service Mode d Then press and releas
21. 10 E6 Write recoverable error rate 2 10 E7 Read interchange recoverable error rate 1 10 E17 Read unrecoverable error rate 128 64 pairs 62 500 bpi per track 1 Nominal compression ratio Actual compression is data dependent 2 Included format data user data post amble and so forth for extended tape A 6 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Table A 3 lists the key physical specifications for the DLT2500 mini library Table A 3 DLT2500 Mini Library Physical Specifications Description Height Width Length Weight Environmental temperature Operating Nonoperating Humidity Operating Nonoperating Certifications EMI Safety Maximum number of cartridges Electrical rating Auto ranging AC power requirements Communication interface Cycle time Rack Mount 295 mm 11 6 in 414 mm 16 3 in 259 mm 10 2 in 12 kg 27 1b 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F 40 C to 66 C 40 F to 150 8 F 20 to 80 noncondensing 10 to 95 Meets CEmark Class A VCCi Class 1 CISPR 22 Class A FCC Class A devices Meets UL CSA TUV BG MARK and IEC standards 100 to 240 V ac 100 W maximum SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended or differential with a separate SCSI LUN ID for the mini library and tape drive 20 s maximum Table Top 300 mm 11 8 in 414 mm 16 3 in 267 mm 10 5 in 15 9 kg 35 Ib 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F 40 C to 66 C 40 F to
22. 150 8 F 20 to 80 noncondensing 10 to 95 Meets CEmark Class A VCCi Class 1 CISPR 22 Class A FCC Class A devices Meets UL CSA TUV BG MARK and IEC standards 100 to 240 V ac 100W maximum SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended or differential with a separate SCSI LUN ID for the mini library and tape drive 20 s maximum DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 7 Technical Specifications Table A 4 lists the key physical specifications for the DLT2700 mini library Table A 4 DLT2700 Mini Library Physical Specifications Description Height Width Length Weight Environmental temperature Operating Nonoperating Humidity Operating Nonoperating Certifications EMI Safety Maximum number of cartridges Electrical rating AC power requirements Communication interface Cycle time Table Top 27 25 cm 10 73 in 22 54 cm 8 875 in 68 5 cm 27 0 in 29 54 kg 65 Ib Rack Mount 26 47 cm 10 42 in 22 20 cm 8 74 in 68 5 cm 27 0 in 24 95 kg 55 Ib 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F 40 C to 66 C 40 F to 150 8 F 40 C to 66 C 40 F to 150 8 F 20 to 80 noncondensing 20 to 80 noncondensing 10 to 95 10 to 95 Meets CEmark Class A VCCi Class 1 CISPR 22 Class A FCC Class A devices Meets UL CSA TUV BG MARK and JEC standards Meets CEmark Class A VCCi Class 1 CISPR 22 Class A FCC Class A devices Mee
23. 38 8 4 8 3 Last n Error Events Page O7 cssceseceesseceseeceeececeseeeeneeceaeeseneecesaeeesees 8 41 8 4 8 4 Read Write Compression Ratio Page Format 32h seeeseereeeeeesreeseeeee 8 42 849 MODE SELECT 15h i e an onr E E E A A at 8 46 8 4 9 1 MODE SELECT Parameter List cece ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeseenseeesecnaeenaeeaee 8 47 8 4 9 2 MODE SELECT Pages iee st povsvscotsvade id Te TS ea devs dhsossnadedd EE 8 50 8 4 9 3 Control Mode Page OAD cee ceeeessseceseceeeneecseeeeeneeceaeeeeaeecsaeeceeneecaeeesees 8 51 8 4 9 4 Data Compression Page OF o0 eee eeeeceseceecsseceeecseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesaecsaeeaee 8 53 8 4 9 5 Device Configuration Page LOH eee eee cseecreeeeeeeeeeeseeerenseenseenseenee 8 55 8 4 9 6 Disconnect Reconnect Page cee ceeceseceecseecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeseseceseensecsaeesaeaes 8 58 8 4 9 7 Medium Partition Page 11h eee eseeeereeeececeteceeeeeceseeeeeeeceaeeeeneecnaeeeeeee 8 60 8 4 9 8 Read Write Error Recovery Page OLN oo eee cee cseeeeeeeeeesecesecnseeaeeaee 8 61 8 4 9 9 EEROM Vendor Unique Page 3ED 00 0 eee eeeceseceseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 63 8 4 9 10 MODE SELECT Changeable Parameters ee eceesceesceseeeeceseeseeeeee 8 69 8 4 10 MODE SENSE 1Ah SAD u eee ceeceeeceeecesecaeceaecneecseseneseaeeeeesereeseesees 8 70 8 4 10 1 MODE SENSE Parameter List 0 eee cece eseeeeeeeeeeeseeseesseesseeaeeaeeees 8 73 8 4 10 2 MODE SENSE Pages aiee risoo ar renee rE rE E E Eres 8 77 8 4 10 3 Contro
24. BUFFER MODES SUPPORTED ccceesessececececsesssaececececceensascecececsesenssaeeeeeens 8 93 8 62 READ BUFFER DATA HEAD ccccceccccccceessececesscececnsececcecssececessseceensececessaeeeenssaeeeens 8 94 8 63 READ BUFFER DESCRIPTOR ccccsscccceessececessceceesececcesseececssseeceenseeecessseeeentseeeeens 8 95 8 64 READ POSITION CDB e a e r a R AR 8 96 8 65 READ POSITION DATA FORMAT nerne E a E OE 8 97 8 66 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS CDB sssssssssssossssssereessssesssesesssrrerereossereessrees 8 99 8 67 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULT DATA FORMAT ccccsscecessseeecssececessseeecnsssseeeenteeeeeens 8 99 8 68 RELEASE UNTIT CDB io scssccssncessbeasesscnscnceeveitoesuccoevoenben a E von tactes 8 100 8 69 REQUEST SENSE CDB hna are a a e dbetuetcbebtecetc oe tecetes 8 101 8 70 REQUEST SENSE DATA ssssssssssssssssesssreessressssssssserresssrrsssreesssresssrresereesssreessrreesre 8 102 8 71 RESERVE UNIT CDB o oo occ cccccccccssccececsececessecececnseeececsseeecessaeeccnsseeceestseeeeseaaees 8 112 8 72 RESERVE UNIT CDB sereset ee e ae hea aa e ee Ea AEI 8 114 8 73 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB rr a E E E E E EE 8 115 8 74 SEND DIAGNOSTIC PARAMETER LIST FORMAT ccccssscccesssececesssseceesseeecseaeees 8 117 827 9 SPACE DB as ssnei seine T E EE sheen s stoned anne beady esha 8 120 8 76 SPACE CODE DBEBINITION sesccsstezedscesesccucdhs a E t e ere a r I ETE 8 120 8 77 TEST UNIT READY ODB E e e Th 8 122 8 78 A D A CIB E E EEE E EE
25. BUFFER Modes Supported For all modes only a Buffer ID of zero is supported If the Buffer ID field is nonzero the command will be rejected The target detects and rejects commands that would overrun the buffer 8 126 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 26 1 Header and Data Mode The data to be transferred is preceded by a 4 byte header consisting entirely of reserved bytes This header is discarded not stored into the buffer The buffer offset field must be zero for this mode 8 4 26 2 Write Data Similar to mode 000b except there is no header in the data passed to the target The Buffer Offset must be zero Potential buffer overruns are detected and the command is rejected 8 4 26 3 Download Microcode Using buffer offsets the host can download the firmware image into the target s buffer in pieces These commands do not cause the new image to become active A Download and Save mode Write Buffer command must be issued The tape drive must be empty to allow downloading of an image This is to safeguard against accidentally starting a firmware update If a cartridge is loaded when all or part of a firmware image has been downloaded another WRITE BUFFER with Download mode will be rejected Overlapping or nonconsecutive downloading of the image data is not supported The firmware image must be downloaded in integral multiples of 4K bytes Any error on a Write Buffer command causes any downloaded im
26. DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 6 5 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT2500 DLT2700 Mini Library 6 5 5 DLT2500 Unknown Error Description The ERR UNK message tells you the mini library detected an error of unknown origin In some unknown errors the mini library retries the error three times before showing failure 6 5 5 1 DLT2500 Clearing a Loader Drive Controller or Unknown Error When you press the Load Unload button the mini library attempts to clear the error When you press the Open button the door opens to let you access the magazine If you still cannot clear the error call your service representative 6 6 DLT2700 Error Conditions Error indications fall into two main categories Magazine Fault In most cases this is an operator correctable condition indicated when the Magazine Fault light is on If you cannot resolve the fault call your service representative Loader Fault This condition most likely requires service from a service representative It is indicated when the Loader Fault light is on 6 6 1 DLT2700 Magazine Fault Cases A magazine fault can occur during any of the following cases 1 4 A cartridge has been removed from the magazine incorrectly Note This can only occur if the loader has been opened in service mode and cannot occur under normal operation A cartridge was manually unloaded from the drive A cartridge that was loaded into a drive by the loader was ma
27. DLT2000 SCSI Interface Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P detected The drive will attempt to complete any subsequent WRITE FILEMARKS returning a CHECK CONDITION status in each case If the drive encounters the physical EOM when attempting a WRITE FILEMARKS CHECK CONDITION status is returned 8 130 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 5 Supported SCSI 2 Medium Changer Device Commands On the Medium Changer LUN only commands defined for this device type are allowed The following commands are implemented Table 8 11 SCSI 2 Medium Changer Commands Opcode Command Section 07 INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS 8 5 1 12 INQUIRY 8 4 4 15 MODE SELECT 8 5 3 1A MODE SENSE 8 5 3 A5 MOVE MEDIUM 8 5 4 3C READ BUFFER 8 4 14 B8 READ ELEMENT STATUS 8 5 2 1C RECEIVE DIAG RESULTS 8 4 16 17 RELEASE 8 4 17 03 REQUEST SENSE 8 4 18 16 RESERVE 8 4 19 1D SEND DIAGNOSTIC 8 4 21 00 TEST UNIT READY 8 4 23 3B WRITE BUFFER 8 4 26 Medium Changer specific commands Commands with significant Medium Changer specific content The Inquiry Send Diagnostic Receive Diagnostic Results Read Write Buffer and Request Sense commands are documented in the preceding sections The rest of this chapter covers Medium Changer unique commands DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 131 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 5 1 INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS 07h Bit Tie sls ie ele la Figure 8 83 Initialize Elem
28. DLT2700 Mini Library Note During Manual mode the cartridge returns to the magazine but the current Slot Select indicator does not advance forward to the next available cartridge 5 4 4 Service Mode Service mode allows for servicing procedures e SCSI test unit ready commands always return not ready For details on controls and indicators and operation see the sections after Section 5 5 in this chapter 5 8 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 5 5 Selecting Density Section 5 5 describes the loader s density select feature Caution If a prerecorded tape and write from beginning of tape BOT all prerecorded data is lost This includes density changes since they only occur when writing from BOT Ways of Selecting Density Density selection is only available when you use a CompacTape III tape The user can select CompacTape III tape density by using any of the following 1 2 On all read operations and all write append operations the recorded density is the density to be used On a Write from BOT the tape density may be changed by e The Density Select button Using the Density Select button always overrides a host selection e A programmable host selection via your operating system The Density Override light is off indicating automatic or host density selection e Native default density 10 0 GB for the CompacTape III assuming the
29. Density Select Example If you have loaded a tape with a prerecorded 2 6 density and you use the Density Select button to select 10 0 density the following should happen e The 2 6 light remains lit density has not changed yet and the steady light indicates recorded tape density e The 10 0 light blinks density change is pending e Density Override lights When a write from BOT occurs the following should happen e The 2 6 light turns off e 10 0 lights steadily e Density Override remains lit 3 8 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive Table 3 1 shows the results of density selection Table 3 1 Results of Density Selection If The Density Select button is not used The Density Select button is used and if the actual tape density is the same as the density you selected The Density Select button is used and if the actual tape density differs from the density selected To select density over the SCSI bus Then The lights show the actual density when the tape is reading and writing The lights are on steady and Density Override is off The actual density and the Density Override light For example if the actual tape density is 10 0 GB and the selected tape density is 10 0 GB then the indicator next to 10 0 lights 1 The light with the actual density is on steady 2 The light with the selected density blinks 3 Density Override ligh
30. Density Select button or the host selection was not used How to Select Density To select density with the DLT2700 using the CompacTape III cartridge 1 Press the Load Unload button to load the cartridge into the drive The yellow Tape in Use light blinks while the tape loads and calibrates After calibration completes the yellow Tape in Use light remains lit The indicator shows the tape s prerecorded density lights such as 2 6 6 0 or 10 0 The user can use the loader operator control panel at various times not just after loading a tape Density selection is inactive until the write from BOT command is issued The controller remembers the density selection state until you do one of the following e Change the density selection e Eject the magazine from the loader DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 9 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library Density Select Example using a CompacTape III Tape If you have loaded a CompacTape III tape with a prerecorded 2 6 GB density and you use the Density Select button to select 10 0 GB density the following should happen e The 2 6 light remains lit density has not changed yet and the steady light indicates recorded tape density e The 10 0 light blinks density change is pending e Density Override lights When a write from BOT occurs the following should happen e 2 6 turns off e 10 0 lights steady e Density Override remains lit 5 10 DLT2000 DLT25
31. E E E ed E E 8 123 8279 WRITE RI D p AEREE E E E A E E E SE E AE EE E E ETE 8 124 8 80 WRITE BUFFER CDB areena a a n a a a a n E EEan 8 126 8 81 WRITE BUFFER MODES SUPPORTED ccccceesseeecessceceesseeececsseeeecssseeceenseeeesesaeees 8 126 8 82 WRITE FILEMARKS CDB ae a ones E A ENE RNS 8 129 8 83 INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS cccccccecssscecessseeecesscececsneceececseeecesssececssseeeeesseeecsesaeees 8 132 8 84 READ ELEMENT STATUS CDB 20 cccccccccccccesssccecnnscececnsececesseececnsseeceenseeeesenaeees 8 133 8 85 ELEMENT TYPE CODE DEFINITIONS c cccccssscccesscececesececeesseeeccsssseeecssseeceessseeeeesaeees 8 133 8 86 ELEMENT STATUS DATA HEADER ssccccesssscecessceeecescceceensaeeecessseeecnsseeceenseeeceesaeees 8 134 8 87 MEDIUM TRANSPORT ELEMENT STATUS PAGE ccccssccceessscecesssceeecssseecessseeecsssaeees 8 135 8 88 STORAGE ELEMENT STATUS PAGE cccccccesssscecesscececesecececseceecessseeecnssseceensseeeseaeees 8 136 8 89 DATA TRANSFER ELEMENT STATUS PAGE cscssssscecececsessessscecececeesenssaeceeceeesenseaeees 8 137 8 90 DEVICE CAPABILITIES PAGE FORMAT cccccecessessscececececsesnsaeceeecescseneasaeeeeeeeesenteaeees 8 138 8 91 ELEMENT ADDRESS ASSIGNMENT PAGE FORMAT ccceesesseceeececesessnnsaeeeeeceesenseaeees 8 140 8 92 TRANSPORT GEOMETRY PAGE FORMAT ccsccccsessececessceceeseeecessseceecesseeceesseeecsesaeees 8 142 8 93 MOVE MEDIUM CDB noenten o a e cbeviedands
32. Firmware update mode is automatically cleared at this point If the firmware image is valid and d Ifthe drive code is up to date the drive code does not go through an update e Ifthe drive code is not up to date the drive code goes through an update taking 2 to 3 minutes f While the drive code goes through the update the Write Protect and Tape in Use indicators flash alternately DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 15 Firmware Update From Tape When the drive code update is complete the drive resets and goes through Power On Self Test POST The process waits until the tape is reloaded at beginning of tape BOT If the firmware image is valid the controller s flash EEPROM memory is automatically updated with the new firmware image Whether the firmware update is successful the subsystem resets itself A full extended scan of the loader takes place The scan goes quickly if the firmware update cartridge was the only tape cartridge in the magazine If six other cartridges are present the scan takes an extra minute or more 7 4 3 1 Interpreting the Results DLT2700 Code Update Two possible results can occur The firmware update cartridge is unloaded this means a successful update On the DLT2700 the cartridge is unloaded from the drive and into the magazine slot from which it came If another cartridge is in the magazine that next cartridge loads into the drive The firmware update cartrid
33. Image data over limit 8Bh Image personality is bad 8Ch Not immediate command 8Dh Bad drive servo image EDC 8Eh Invalid personality for CUP 8Fh Bad controller image EDC 25h 00h Illegal LUN 26h Parameter list error 00h Invalid Field Olh Parameter not supported 02h Parameter Value Invalid 27h 00h Write protected 80h Hardware write protect 82h Data safety write protect 28h 00h Not ready to read 29h 00h Reset occurred 2Ah Olh Mode parameters changed 02h Log parameters changed 8 108 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Table 8 6 Additional Sense Codes Qualifiers Used Cont d ASC ASCQ Description 2Fh 00h Commands Cleared by another Initiator 30h 00h Cannot read medium 37h 00h Rounded Parameter 39h 00h Saving Parameters Not Supported 3Ah 00h Media Not Present 80h VU Cartridge Missing 3Bh 00h Sequential Positioning Error 08h Reposition Error 0Dh Media Destination Element Full OEh Media Source Element Empty 3Dh 00h Invalid Bits in ID Msg 3Fh Olh Microcode has been changed 40h 80h ROM EDC failure 81h RAM failure 82h Bad Drive status 83h Loader diags failed 84h Reportable POST failure 43h 00h Message error DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 109 DLT2000 SCSI Interface ASC 44h 45h 47h 48h 49h 4Eh Sth 53h SAh Table 8 6 Additional Sense Codes Qualifiers Used Cont d ASCQ 00h 80h 82h 83h 84h 85h 86h 87h 88h Clh C2h C3h 00h 00h 00h 00h
34. MESSAGE REJECT NO OP RESTORE POINTERS SAVE DATA POINTER 8 8 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Section ABORT 06h ABORT TAG 0Dh BUS DEVICE RESET 0Ch CLEAR QUEUE 0Eh COMMAND COMPLETE 00h DISCONNECT 04h ExtENDED MESSAGE 01h IDENTIFY 80h FFh INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR 05h LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE OAh LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE with flag OBh MESSAGE PARITY ERROR 09h MESSAGE REJECT 07h NO OP NO OPERATION 08h RESTORE POINTERS 03h SAVE DATA POINTER 02h DLT2000 SCSI Interface ABORT 06h This message is sent from the initiator to the target to clear on the selected unit the current I O process Buffered cached write operations will be completed if possible The target goes directly to the BUS FREE phase after successful receipt of this message Current settings of Mode Select parameters and reservations are not affected Commands data and status for other initiators is not affected This message can be sent to a logical unit that is not currently performing an operation for the initiator If no unit has been selected the target goes to BUS FREE and no commands data or status on the target is affected ABORT TAG 0Dh This message is sent from the initiator to the target to clear on the selected unit the current I O operation only The target goes directly to the BUS FREE phase after successful receipt of this message Current settings of Mode Select parameters and reservati
35. Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library Table 5 2 DLT2700 Operator Control Panel Cont d Button Indicator Write Protected light Tape In Use light Use Cleaning Tape light Magazine Fault light Loader Fault light Current Slot lights 0 6 Density Select Color Orange Yellow Orange Red Red Green Green Function When on indicates the cartridge in the drive is write protected by one of these methods e The write protect switch is set to the write protect position e Host software write protect qualifiers e When off indicates that the cartridge in the drive is write enabled Indicates tape drive activity as follows e Slow blinking indicates tape is rewinding e Rapid blinking indicates tape is reading or writing e When on steadily indicates a cartridge is in the drive and the tape is not moving e When off indicates no cartridge is in the drive The read write head needs cleaning See Chapter 3 Indicates a magazine failure Indicates a loader transfer assembly error or drive error Identifies the current slot see Slot Select button Each current slot light blinks when its corresponding cartridge moves to or from the drive Also used with the Magazine Fault or Loader Fault light to show the type of fault Section 6 6 1 and Section 6 6 2 Indicates you can choose a density on the OCP DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 13 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini
36. Page which has the following format Bit Soe Te Byte Additional Partitions Defined soe or rou tome Figure 8 54 Medium Partition Page Format Maximum Additional Partitions No additional partitions are supported this field will be zero Additional Partitions Defined The field specifies the number of additional partitions to be defined for the tape based on the settings of the SDP and IDP bits The maximum allowed is the value returned in the Maximum Additional Partitions field Since only one partition is supported this field will be zero Option Flags FDP The Fixed Data Partitions bit will be zero SDP The Select Data Partitions bit will be zero IDP The Initiator Defined Partitions bit will be zero PSUM The Partition Size Unit of Measure field will be zero Medium Format Recognition This field is set to O1h indicating that automatic Format Recognition is supported DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 85 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 8 Read Write Error Recovery Page 01h The drive will support the Error Recovery Page which has the following format Bit ete tT ee Figure 8 55 Error Recovery Page Format U n N Byte Option Flags e TB The Transfer Block when not fully recovered function is not supported e EER The Enable Early Recovery function is always enabled e PER The Post Error bit turns on reporting of Check Condition to report recovered read write errors The default sett
37. SCSI ID 4 H SCSI ID 7 C SCSI ID 2 F SCSI ID 5 I Disable parity checking The jumper goes in this position with any SCSI ID you choose 3 2 2 Changing the SCSI ID The drive is shipped with SCSI ID 5 unless otherwise specified You can change the SCSI ID by adding jumpers to the drive s SCSI connector Figure 3 1 To change the SCSI ID 1 Use Figure 3 1 number to locate the SCSI ID connector on the drive 2 Choose a SCSI ID from 0 to 7 3 Use Figure 3 3 to see where to place the jumpers for the ID you choose For example if you chose SCSI ID 1 place the jumpers in the same positions as those in Letter B 3 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 2 3 Setting the TRM ENB Single ended Only TRM PWR Jumpers Note The Small Computer System Interface SCSI bus must be terminated at both ends of the bus and at least one device must supply terminator power The single ended DLT2000 controller module has active terminators The differential DLT2000 controller module does not have on board termination You can configure the single ended DLT2000 drive to supply termination power and termination on the bus To supply terminator power and provide termination for the SCSI bus 1 Use Figure 3 1 number O to locate the TRM PWR TRM ENB connector on the drive 2 Place jumpers in the positions shown in Figure 3 4 number
38. Sense Length 8 sB Command Specific Information Bytes LSB sksv c Reserved ferv MSB Field Pointer LSB Internal Status Code VU MSB Tape Motion Hours LSB Power On Hours o Figure 8 70 REQUEST SENSE Data 8 102 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Tape Remaining Figure 8 70 REQUEST SENSE Data Contd Valid A Valid bit of one indicates that the information bytes contain valid information as defined in the SCSI specification Error Code A value of 70h indicates a current error the report is associated with the most recently received command A value of 71h indicates a deferred error the report is associated with a previous command and not as a result of the current command No other values will be returned Segment Number This byte is always zero Filemark This bit indicates that the current command has read a Filemark EOM This bit indicates that an End of Medium condition End of Partition or Beginning of Partition exists The warning is also given by setting the Sense Key to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code Qualifier to End of Partition or Beginning of Partition For write type operations the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION on any operation which occurs after detection of the Early Warning EOP marker The EOM and Additional Sense Code fields will be set For read type operations the drive does not return a CHECK CONDITION until
39. Wide SCSI data path 8 2 8 Bus Phases The DLT2000 conforms to the bus state transition table shown in the SCSI 2 standard Phase Sequences The information in the following sections also applies 8 4 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 2 9 ATTENTION Signal Response The DLT2000 will respond to an ATN condition at least at every phase transition as long as the initiator sets the ATN bit before the target deasserts the REQ for the last byte of the previous phase Generally ATN will be recognized immediately by the DLT2000 and it will change the bus phase to Message Out 8 2 10 STATUS phase The DLT2000 will enter the status phase just once per command unless a retry is requested by the initiator The only exception is during error cases when the device goes immediately to bus free as defined in the SCSI 2 standard Status bytes the tape drive returns are as follows GOOD 00 This status indicates the drive successfully completed the command CHECK CONDITION 02 A contingent allegiance condition occurred The REQUEST SENSE command should be sent following this status to determine the nature of the event BUSY 08 The target is busy This status is returned whenever the device is unable to accept a command from an otherwise acceptable initiator The initiator should reissue the command at a later time INTERMEDIATE GOOD 10h This status is returned instead of GOOD status for commands issu
40. and data have been transferred or when all available data has been transferred to the initiator whichever is less The 4 byte READ BUFFER header is followed by data bytes from the target data buffer The header has the following format Available Length Figure 8 62 READ BUFFER Data Head Available Length The Available Length field specifies the total number of data bytes available in the target s buffer This number is not reduced to reflect the allocation length nor is it reduced to reflect the actual number of bytes written using the WRITE BUFFER command Following the READ BUFFER header the target will transfer data from its data buffer 8 4 14 2 Data Mode In this mode the DATA IN phase only contains buffer data 8 4 14 3 Descriptor Mode In this mode a maximum of four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor information are returned The drive returns the descriptor information for the buffer specified by the Buffer ID In this mode the drive does not reject the valid Buffer IDs with a CHECK CONDITION status but returns all zeros in the READ BUFFER descriptor The Offset Boundary is 12 OCh indicating buffer offsets should be integral multiples of 4K 8 94 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface i Offset Boundary 0Ch 1 Msa 2 Buffer Capacity Figure 8 63 READ BUFFER Descriptor DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 95 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 15 READ POSITION 34h Bit si
41. b hk h lo 0 Reserved _ Page Code 00h MSB Page LENGTH 05H Figure 8 20 Supported Pages Page Format DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 37 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 8 2 Read Write Error Log Page Page 2 and 3 Each Log page will begin with a 4 byte header followed by n number of log parameter blocks each block of 8 bytes except for parameter code 5h The log parameter block for the Parameter total bytes processed 5h will be 12 bytes since the parameter value is 8 bytes long Log Page Header es eee Page Code Bye 1_ Reserved O S MSB Page Length Log Parameters oo MSB Parameter Length LSB LSB o 2 pu ps tsp ere me fesal ie Parameter Length Parameter Value Figure 8 21 Read Write Error Log SENSE Page Format Page Code The Page Code echoes the page code that was specific in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Length The Page Length specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page not including the four bytes of the heads For example if PPC bit is zero and parameter pointer is zero then target will return 4 bytes of page header with page length of 44h followed by 8 bytes of parameter value data for each parameter code except for parameter code 5h For 5h it will return 12 bytes So for Parameter code Oh 1h 2h 3h 4h 6h and 8000h each page will be 8 bytes For parameter code 5h page will be 12 bytes 8 38 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem
42. copy of the present active Data pointer for the logical unit currently attached As a target the tape drive sends this message before a disconnect during a data transfer It does not send a SAVE DATA POINTER message if it intends to move directly to STATUS phase When received as a target it switches to message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT 8 12 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Synchronous Data Transfer Request SDTR This extended message allows the target and initiator to agree on the values of the parameters relevant to synchronous transfers DLT2000 will not initiate the Synchronous Data Transfer Request message but relies on the Initiator to do so The SDTR message has the following format Extended Message Identifier 01h Length 3 Message Code 1 SDTR msg Transfer Period min 50 32h Transfer Req Ack Offset max 15 Figure 8 2 SDTR Extended Message Format NOTE The tape drive supports initiating synchronous transfer negotiations with the host but this feature is disabled by default To enable it set the Mode Select VU ERROM parameter EnalInitSyncNeg DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 13 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 Tape Drive SCSI Commands 8 4 1 Control Byte Flag and Link Bits The control byte of the Command Descriptor Block contains the Flag and Link bits Use of these bits is entirely initiator dependent Setting the Link bit provides an automatic
43. drive does not report a GOOD status on WRITE commands until the data blocks are actually written to tape If the Buffered Mode field is one then the drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as the data block has been transferred to the buffer This is the default configuration for the drive If Buffered mode is not used the tape drive will suffer a significant degradation in performance and maybe capacity as well depending on tape format block size and compression If writing 2 6 or 6 0 GByte formats if the block size is a multiple of 4 Kbytes there is no capacity loss When using the 10 GByte format if compression is disabled and the block size is a multiple of 8 Kbytes there is no capacity loss When using the 10 GByte format and compression enabled not having buffered mode enabled will cause some capacity loss depending on compression ratios This is because the block packing feature is essentially disabled by turning off buffered mode If this field is greater than 1 the command will be rejected with a Check Condition with a Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST Speed The tape drive supports only one speed the default speed Block Descriptor Length This specifies the length in bytes of all the block descriptors Since the drive only allows one block descriptor this value must be 8 or 0 Any other value causes a CHECK CONDITION status with an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key to be returned Density Code This field should mat
44. eoar EEE Ee EE ERE irrena Eney 2 7 2 0 TEST THE INSTALLATION n na A AE E Ea E rE E A T EEE EA E EAT ea 2 8 PA N aE OS EL IAEE E EE A ETE E EAEE A 2 8 262 What to DO afer POS a e a a a a E ae hoea tutnwevenosneumenese 2 9 2 7 DLT2000 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART ccccceessssscecececsenssaececececeeeseseseceeeceenenssaeeeeeeeenes 2 10 CHAPTER 3 CONFIGURING AND OPERATING THE DLT2000 BIN THIS CHAPTER e A EA A cocnvesayeck cove AA AA O cotton sdeseasesuseondesued conevensennes 3 1 3 2 BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE DLT2000 DRIVE cccccesscccececeesensececececeecsesseaeseeeceeeentaaees 3 1 3 2 1 Disabling Parity Checking sisii oeiioey 3 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem v Table of Contents 3 2 2 Changing the SCSI ID 2 0 E E E E E S snes sees seesereneess 3 4 3 2 3 Setting the TRM ENB Single ended only TRM PWR Jumpers 3 5 3 2 4 Locating the SCSI Cable and Power Connectors eee eceeeeeseeseceseceseeneeesees 3 6 3 3 SELECTING DENSITY ene de othacstue sword cepansesecseoueteneds Gas a E besaeicesaie 3 7 3 4 OVERVIEW OF THE FRONT PANEL ccceceessscesscecseeceececseeceeeeeeseecueeeeseecseeeeaeeesseeeeaeeses 3 10 3 5 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROLS AND INDICATORS cescceeseeseeeseeeseceeecaeecaeeceeereneeenseenas 3 11 BS V Bee pers eeii st pdavessstvatesses sea rE erea E E E E EErEE EEr ETE E 3 11 329 2 Wnl ad Button EEEE EEE E EEE ET EE EEE AE 3 11 3 5 3 Cartridge Insert Release Handle 0 0 0 eee cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeceeece
45. failure A 6 6 Conducted Susceptibility The transient voltage is the actual peak voltage above the normal ac voltage from the power source Table A 24 lists the voltage limits for power and data cables Table A 24 Fast Transient Bursts for Power and Data Cables 2kV S W recoverable errors No hardware failures Table A 25 lists power cable voltage limits Table A 25 High Energy Transient Voltage for Power Cables 1 2 kV No errors 2 5 kV S W recoverable errors No hardware failure Note Maximum energy in a single pulse from the transient generator must be limited to 2 5 W Table A 26 lists the low level conducted interference voltage limits Table A 26 Low level Conducted Interference 3 V rms 80 modulated 1 kHz No errors S W recoverable errors No hardware failure DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 21 Technical Specifications A 6 7 ESD Failure Level Limits Table A 27 lists the ESD failure level limits for normal operator access areas Table A 27 ESD Failure Level Limits Failure Type Equipment Failure Level Allowable Errors Hard Office 1to 12 kV No operator intervention soft recoverable allowed Hardware Office Up to 15 kV No component damage soft hard errors allowed A 6 8 Acoustic Noise Emissions The following lists the acoustic noise emission levels Table A 28 Acoustic Noise Emissions Nominal Noise Power Emission Level LNPEc Mode DLT2000 DLT2000 DLT2700 Drive Tabletop Loa
46. format Tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT Compression mode is enabled Compression can be done in 10 0 density only Compression mode is disabled You selected a density from the front panel Density to be selected by the host automatic You are in density selection mode DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 15 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive Table 3 4 Determining the Drive s Operating Condition cont d Label Color State Operating Condition Light Left Front Panel All four right side or Blinking A POST error occurred all left side lights 3 16 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 6 Description of the Tape Cartridge The CompacTape III tape cartridge is a 4 inch gray brown plastic cartridge containing 1100 feet of 1 2 inch magnetic metal particle tape 3 6 1 Cartridge Write Protect Switch The tape cartridge has a write protect switch to prevent accidental erasure of data Before loading the tape cartridge into the drive position the write protect switch on the front of the cartridge Figure 3 7 e Left so the cartridge is write protected e Right so the cartridge is write enabled When you slide the switch to the left the small orange rectangle is visible This means data cannot be written to the tape The arrow beneath the orange rectangle and ov
47. may be damaged Your data cartridge may be causing the problem Cleaning has not been done and the cartridge is expired Note And you should Use the cleaning cartridge Follow the instructions in Section 3 7 for loading a cartridge into the drive When cleaning completes the beeper sounds for you to remove the cleaning cartridge Back up this data onto another cartridge Discard the old cartridge which may be damaged A damaged cartridge may cause unnecessary use of the cleaning cartridge Try another data cartridge Replace the cleaning cartridge The cleaning cartridge expires after about 20 uses DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 23 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 9 Unloading a Cartridge CAUTIONS Remove a cartridge from the drive before turning off host system power Failure to remove a cartridge can result in cartridge and drive damage When you remove the cartridge from the drive return the cartridge to its plastic case to prolong the cartridge life To unload a cartridge from the drive Figure 3 9 1 Press the Unload button or issue the appropriate system software command The yellow Tape in Use light blinks as the tape rewinds 2 When the green light turns on the beeper also sounds pull the cartridge insert release handle open to eject the cartridge CAUTION Immediate extraction of the tape cartridge can lead to tape leader failur
48. new specified format 1 8 Firmware Update Capability The DLT2000 includes Flash EEPROM technology that allows easy on site installation of microcode updates from tape 1 9 Embedded Diagnostics The DLT2000 has embedded diagnostic software that tells you when head cleaning is required and indicates diagnostic results and drive operating status The drive has embedded data logging of errors for failure analysis DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 1 3 Overview and Features of the DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Product 1 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Chapter 2 Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive 2 1 In This Chapter Chapter 2 includes the following main topics and sections Topic Section Prepare for the Installation 2 2 Install the Subsystem 2 3 Configure the DLT2000 Tabletop 2 4 Connect the Cables 25 Test the Installation 2 6 DLT2000 Troubleshooting Chart 2 7 2 2 Prepare for the Installation This section describes how to prepare for the installation of the DLT2000 cartridge tape subsystem including Topic Section Before You Start 2 2 1 Installation Setup 2 22 Site Setup 2 2 3 Site Guidelines 2 2 4 2 2 1 Before You Start Installing the DLT2000 tabletop cartridge tape subsystem requires no special tools If you need to change the switchpack settings on the rear panel you will need a pen If you have problems during the installation see Table 2 4 for troubleshooti
49. nhc e O e e coscdees 8 143 A POWER CORD nei a5 scat eng ich ar a ue Stance tees aud secduea codecs E E AAE e EEEE EEN A 5 A 2 MOUNTING HOLE DIMENSIONS TOP VIEW cssssccsssseeseeceseeeeseeceeeesseecseeeeseecnsesesseees A 9 xiv DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem D 1 EEROM LOG AREA LAYOUT Table of Contents A 3 MOUNTING HOLE DIMENSIONS SIDE VIEW cssccccesssececeentececseccecesseeeeceeaeeeeseeeeenens A 10 Ret net Er EECA E cer eR Nn So TeRY ECORI Manet gE Prag Ne MEE D 2 D 2 BUGCHECK LOG PACKET LAYOUT cccccccssscceesssceceeseeecesscececsseeecessaeeecnssseceenteeecssaaees D 3 D 3 POST LOG PACKET LAYOUT ccccccccssscecsssceceessececesscececesececeesseeecessseceensseeceeneeeensasecs D 4 D 4 EVENT LOG PACKET LAY OUD 0 ccsseisccescscessvecedeessestessenteases satceeecentsedevteesevedcoesecensoseveedes D 5 D 5 DIRECTORY R W ERROR EVENT LOG LAYOUT cccccccsessececssseecessseeecsssseeeenteeeeeenaees D 6 D 6 CODE UPDATE CUP LOG PACKET LAYOUT ccccccssscssseeesseceeceecsseceseeecsseeneeeecsseensees D 9 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xv Table of Contents List of Tables 2 1 ADDING A TERMINATOR cccccessssccecececsessaececececseseauceececececseaaeceeececsessaaeeeeeeeesenenneaaeees 2 7 2 2 POST RIGHT SIDE INDICATORS ccccccesssssscecececeeseaececececeesesececeeseeesessueeeeeceesensaaseeeess 2 8 Ded AFTER POS Tsai EEEE E codec tah save EE EAE ecu vee ve E od
50. page If the page code field contains a different value the drive generates a CHECK CONDITION with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key Allocation Length This specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for returned Inquiry data An Allocation Length of zero indicates that no Inquiry data is transferred This condition is not considered an error The drive will terminate the DATA IN phase DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 17 DLT2000 SCSI Interface when Allocation Length bytes have been transferred or when all available Inquiry data has been transferred to the initiator whichever is less 8 4 4 1 Drive Inquiry Response The DLT2000 passes back the following information in response to an INQUIRY command on the drive LUN Bit 7 Ie Pb Pl b fo Feronear unr E ace rmo Reeves Repose Dua foma C 2 Reserved 8 15 15 Vendor ID Quantum Product ID DLT2000 32 32 35 5 Product Revision Level hhss Vendor Unique bytes Figure 8 5 INQUIRY Response Data Peripheral Qualifier The tape drive returns one of the following values in this field e 000b The indicated Peripheral Device Type is connected to the logical unit e 001b The indicated Peripheral Device Type is not connected to the logical unit however the tape drive is capable of supporting the indicated Peripheral Device Type at the specified logical unit e O11b The target is not capable of supporting a phy
51. set Upon termination the media will be physically positioned before EOD and after the last block on tape The meaning of EOM is different for a read than for a write type of command EOM is only reported when the physical EOM P is encountered The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status The EOM and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key is set to MEDIUM ERROR The information fields contain the residue count and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P Detected The tape is physically positioned at EOM P If any READ command cannot be completed successfully the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status Further commands should attempt to move past the error and complete successfully DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 91 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 13 READ BLOCK LIMITS 05h Bit CARAN eee Figure 8 58 READ BLOCK LIMITS CDB READ BLOCK LIMITS tells the drive to return its limits for block length The READ BLOCK LIMITS data shown below is sent during the DATA IN phase of the command The command does not reflect the currently selected block size only the available limits MODE SENSE returns the current block size Maximum block length Minimum block length 0001h Figure 8 59 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data Maximum Block Length This field indicates the maximum block size The device supports a maximum block length of 16 777 215 bytes 16 MB 1 for the 10 GB format A maximum block le
52. synchronization error read after write not happening Missing block s in current entity Drive hardware write protected Reposition target not found Long gap encountered blank tape or no data encountered End of data or filler block encountered File mark encountered EDC error found by GPSP3 FECC RAM bad Beginning of medium encountered EDC error Hard write error GPSP3 Underrun Hard write error Read Sync Timeout Hard write error Overshoot Append Hard write error CRC error EDC error found by GPSP3 FECC RAM ok Timeout on command to medium changer Medium changer UART error overrun Medium changer response length error Medium changer detected error B 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Dec 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 Bit No 1 2 Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information Table B 1 Internal Status Code cont d Hex Description 28 Invalid source slot 29 Invalid destination slot 2A Source slot empty 2B Destination slot full 2C Medium changer motion error 2D Medium changer drive interface error 2E Medium changer slot interface error 2F Medium changer mechanical error 30 Medium changer hardware error 31 Medium changer controller error 32 Unrecognized medium changer subcommand 33 Medium changer fatal error 34 Medium changer is in manual mode 35 68020 detected communication error w Servo area 36 68020 detected drive command timeout 37 Calibratio
53. the DLT2500 Mini Library MLO 012002 Label Power Switch Power Connector Fan SCSI Connectors Figure 4 3 Mini Library Rear Panel Components 4 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library MLO 012131 Magazine Door Display Operator Buttons Key Lock Figure 4 4 Front of the DLT2500 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 5 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 2 Introduction to the Mini Library The mini library includes a DLT2000 tape drive a media loader and a 5 cartridge removable magazine The same SCSI target controller board controls the tape drive and the media loader If the controller detects the loader s presence when the system is turned on the loader is presented as a SCSI 2 medium changer device on LUN 1 If you issue the SCSI 2 medium changer commands to the DLT2500 e Random access is enabled to the media stored in the magazine slots e Sequential access is disabled to the media supported automatically in auto loading mode If you do not issue the SCSI 2 medium changer commands the default mode of operation is sequential access to the media supported automatically in auto loading mode Auto loading is implemented as a side effect of the SCSI UNLOAD command as shown lf Then An unload is After winding the tape back into the cartridge and specified moving the cartri
54. the country 3 The connector at the product end must be an IEC type CEE 22 female connector 4 The cord must be no longer than 14 5 feet 4 5 meters Note The power cord should be a minimum of 18 3 AWG 60 C Type SJT or SVT A 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Figure A 1 shows the different AC power cord plug configurations for 115V and 220V 240V usage Figure A 1 Power Cords DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 5 Technical Specifications Table A 2 lists the key functional specifications of the DLT2000 tape drive Table A 2 DLT2000 Functional Specifications Functions CompacTape II Capacity formatted native Capacity formatted compressed 2 1 Interface Drive Type Recording Type Form Factor Transfer Rate Raw Native Transfer Rate User Native Uncompressed Transfer Rate User Compressed 1 Error Rate Recoverable Error Rate unrecoverable Tracks Linear Bit Density Specifications 10 0 GB standard 1167 ft tape user data 20 0 GB standard 1167 ft tape user data 8 bit SCSI 2 single ended or differential DLT streaming 10 0 20 0 GB 16 bit single ended or differential 2 7 RLL code DLT2000 format MFM with DLT260 and DLT600 formats 5 inch F H modified depth 1 7 MBytes second2 1 25 MBytes second More than 2 5 MB second maximum write More than 3 0 MB second maximum read 1 10 E7 Read recoverable error rate 1
55. the key lock To lock or disable the OCP turn the key toward the locked icon next to the key lock CAUTION Do not force open the magazine door manually Always use the Open button to open the door electronically 4 6 1 OCP Locked or Disabled When you insert the magazine into the mini library and close the magazine door the elevator scans the magazine The OCP pushbuttons are disabled 4 6 2 OCP Unlocked or Enabled The OCP pushbuttons unlocked or enabled allow operator intervention 4 6 3 Setting the SCSI ID Choose an unused SCSI ID between 0 and 7 To set the SCSI ID via the front panel 1 Press and hold the Display Mode button about 5 seconds until the SCSI ID SEL message displays including the factory set SCSI ID Example SCSI ID SEL SCSI ID 0 2 Keep pressing the Select button quickly until the ID number you want displays Figure 4 5 3 Press the Display Mode button again See the display message LDR RDY At this point the mini library drive cannot yet recognize the SCSI ID DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 13 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 Issue a bus reset or turn the mini library power off and then on again so the drive can recognize the new SCSI ID 4 7 Selecting Density This section describes the mini library s density select feature Caution If a prerecorded tape and write from beginning of tape BOT all prerecorded data is lost This includes densi
56. the media loader The tape drive is always LUN 0 If the controller detects the loader s presence when the system is turned on the loader is presented as a SCSI 2 medium changer device on LUN 1 The SCSI 2 medium changer commands allow e Random access to the media stored in the magazine slots e Sequential access of the media supported automatically in auto loading mode DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 1 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library Auto loading is implemented as a side effect of the SCSI UNLOAD command If And Then An unload is A media loader is After winding the tape back into the specified present cartridge and moving the cartridge from the drive to the magazine slot from which it came the cartridge in the next slot is moved from the magazine into the drive and made ready The next slot is No cartridge is loaded into the drive empty or the cartridge unloaded was for the last slot in the magazine 5 3 Configure the DLT2700 This section describes how to configure the DLT2700 including Topic Section Configuration Guidelines 5 3 1 Switchpack Location 5 3 2 Disable Parity Checking 5 3 2 Change the SCSI ID 5 3 3 The DLT2700 is factory set to SCSI IDS unless otherwise specified If your system generates parity the DLT2700 can check for correct parity on the SCSI bus 5 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT270
57. the system place and run the optional system tests See Chapter 3 for operating the drive and selecting density All left or right side lights on the POST failed See Table 2 4 DLT2000 front panel blink only DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 9 Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive 2 7 DLT2000 Troubleshooting Chart If the DLT2000 fails during POST or operation use Table 2 4 to determine the problem and the action to take lf Your system does not recognize the DLT2000 Then Your system might not be configured to see the SCSI ID The SCSI ID might not be unique The parameters for your SCSI adapter might be incorrect The SCSI signal cable might be loose The SCSI terminator might not be present or might be loose The SCSI bus might not be correctly terminated The SCSI terminator might not be at the end of the bus or more than two terminators might be present Table 2 4 DLT2000 Troubleshooting Chart You should Configure your system to see the ID Change the SCSI ID and reconfigure the system New ID effective at next power on Check your SCSI adapter installation Make sure the connector on each end of the cable is fully seated Install the terminator make sure the terminator is fully seated If the DLT2000 is the last or only device on the bus make sure the terminator is installed on the DLT2000 If the DLT2000 is not the last or onl
58. zero Access is always 1 and Full is set to 1 if a media cartridge is in the corresponding magazine slot Exception will be set to 1 if the magazine slot indicates a cartridge has been removed but is not in the Medium Transport or Data Transfer elements 8 136 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface The Source Element Address will always be set to this element s address DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 137 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 5 2 4 Data Transfer Element Status Page Bit a e fs ae 3 fe fe o MSB Data Transfer Element Descriptor aa LSB Byte ja Reserved o UU O MSB Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available Descriptor Byte MSB Data Transfer Element Address 10h LSB a Reserved or a is SCSI Bus Address same as tape drive s fio Reserved 7 svatid f mver Resevea 18 MSB Source Element Address o LSB po Reserved O U U O C Figure 8 89 Data Transfer Element Status Page PvolTag and AVolTag are always zero Access is always set and Full is set if a cartridge is in the tape drive IDValid and LUValid are always set drive LUN is 0 The SCSI Bus Address field is the same as the tape drive s controller SValid is set if there is a cartridge in the drive and Source Element Address will indicate which magazine slot it came from 8 138 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 5 3 MODE SENSE SELECT
59. 0 0 0 eee 7 5 7 4 2 Updating the Firmware on the DLT2500 Drive and Loader Configuration 7 10 7 4 3 Updating the Firmware on the DLT2700 Drive and Loader Configuration 7 14 CHAPTER 8 DLT2000 SCSI INTERFACE STOVER VIEW 5003552e5chveaecbet feted ohn bes aaa baad tetas AN E RE cd E R 8 1 8 2 GENERAL SCSI BUS OPERATIONS ccscsccsssssescecssecsescecsaeceseeecaeceeeeecsaesseceecsueceeeeecsaeensees 8 1 9 2 Data e rin K E E De sii bo deb E EEEE sa than ees TDA eee TES 8 1 8 2 2 Initiator Target Operations snene nn e E a EA 8 2 8 2 3 SCSI IDs and Logical Unit Numbers LUNs sssesssseseseeeesrsesesesseesesrseeesressressres 8 2 8 2 4 Unit Attention Condition ccccccccccesscccececeesessecececececsensaececececeensaseeceesesenenseaeees 8 3 8 2 5 Behavior Around Power On and SCSI Bus Reset ccccccccccsesssseceeeceeeesseneeeeees 8 3 8 2 6 Data Cache and Tape Write Interaction sesessseeessereeresesseesrsreereserersserreesrrsereesee 8 4 8 2 7 Other SCSI Functionality sissioni eneses inisee skes ee es eE 8 4 8 2 8 Bus Phases n E E be pecs A E A R NRE 8 4 8 2 9 ATTENTION Signal Response sissisieeressesritssirssiereost sineret riti esisi esre 8 5 8 2 10 STATUS phase nair a a E E EE T TE NRAN 8 5 8 21 BUS BREE E E E EEEE AE E EEE E E EEEE 8 7 8 2 2 BUS PARITY ERRORS aa ives steed codecs ra a a A E A ae EAEE EN ES 8 7 8 3 SCSTEMESSAGE S DE N E A oe leas teeedeeaces 8 8 8 4 TAPE DRIVE SCSI COMMANDS
60. 0 Mini Library 5 3 1 Configuration Guidelines Your system uses the SCSI ID to identify or address the DLT2700 Follow these guidelines when configuring the DLT2700 for your system If you install the DLT2700 as Then The only SCSI device or one of Be sure to use a SCSI ID that is unique multiple SCSI devices on the bus from any other device or system ID on the SCSI bus The last or only device on the SCSI The user must terminate the bus by bus installing a terminator 5 3 2 Disable Parity Checking To disable parity see your service representative 5 3 3 Change the SCSI ID The user can change the SCSI ID via the pushbutton switch on the mini library rear panel Press the switch button s above or below the number display 0 7 to set the desired SCSI ID Press the top button to increase the number or press the bottom button to decrease the number DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 3 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library Figure 5 1 shows the location of the SCSI ID pushbutton switch Figure 5 1 Changing the SCSI ID via the Pushbutton Switch SCSI Connector Wire Cable Clamps Pushbutton Switch O Fan Power Connector Power Switch Voltage Selection Switch 5 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 5 4 Mode Select Key The Mode Select key Figure 5 2 on the front of the loader locks the loader t
61. 00 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library Table 5 1 shows the results of density selection using a CompacTape III tape Table 5 1 Results of Density Selection using a CompacTape III tape If You did not select the Density Select button You select the Density Select button and if the actual tape density is the same as the density you selected You select the Density Select button and if the actual tape density differs from the density selected Then The lights show the actual density when the tape is reading or writing The lights are on steady and the Density Override light is off The actual density and Density Override light For example if the actual tape density is 10 0 GB and the selected tape density is 10 0 GB then the light next to 10 0 is on 1 The light with the actual density is on steady 2 The light with the selected density blinks 3 Density Override lights steady For example if the actual tape density is 10 0 GB and the selected density is 6 0 GB the 10 0 lights steady 6 0 light blinks and Density Override lights steady To select density over the SCSI bus 1 Do a SCSI MODE SELECT with the density you want For more details see Chapter 8 2 Write data to the tape from BOT DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 11 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 5 6 Operator Control Panel The DLT2700 operator co
62. 00 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 10 GB CompacTape III e 7Fh No change from previous density NOP e 80h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 10 GB CompacTape III Without compression e 81h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 GB With compression Number of Blocks This field will be sent as zero indicating that all of the remaining logical blocks on the tape will have the medium characteristics specified by the block descriptor DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 75 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Block Length This specifies the length in bytes of each logical block transferred over the SCSI bus A block length of zero indicates that the length is variable as specified in the I O command Any other value indicates the number of bytes per block that will be used for read write and verify type commands that specify a Fixed bit of 1 fixed block mode 8 76 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 2 MODE SENSE Pages Following the block descriptor are the MODE SELECT pages which set the device parameters Each page has a 2 byte header which identifies the page code and indicates the number of bytes in that page The supported Page Codes are Page Code Description Sense Select No Requested Page Control Mode Page Data Compression Page Device Configuration Disconnect Reconnect Error Recovery Page Medium Partition EEPROM parameter All Pages
63. 00 media loader Table A 7 DLT2700 Media Loader Timing Characteristics Nominal magazine scan 12 0 sec Move cartridge slot to drive 20 30 sec Move cartridge drive to slot 37 5 sec Error recovery 30 0 sec Load media on to drive amp ready for 48 0 sec T O processing Unload media from drive to 17 0 sec cartridge from BOT A 4 Environmental Specifications Section A 4 describes environmental specifications including Topic Section Temperature and Humidity AA 1 Altitude A 4 2 A 12 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications The tape drive conforms to a modified Class B environment that includes general offices and workspaces with Conditioned and marginally conditioned areas with central or remote air conditioning Complete temperature and humidity controls Moderate control tolerances Systems capable of maintaining comfort levels for example typical offices and general work areas Marginal heating or cooling apparatus No humidity conditioning Uncontrolled tolerances Systems inadequate to maintain constant comfort levels for example marginal offices and work spaces A 4 1 Temperature and Humidity Table A 8 lists the operating temperature and humidity ranges Table A 8 Operating Ranges Temperature Range 10 to 40 C Temperature Gradient 11 C h across the range Temperature Shock 10 C over two min Relative Humidity 20 to 80 noncondensing Humidity Gradient 10 h Table
64. 00h 00h 00h Olh 02h Olh Description Internal Target Failure Unexpected Selection Interrupt Command complete sequence failure SCSI chip Gross Error Unexplained Residue in TC Registers Immediate data transfer timeout Insufficient CDB bytes Disconnect SDP sequence failed Bus DMA Transfer Timeout EEPROM copy 1 area bad EEPROM copy 2 area bad Both EEPROM copies bad Select Reselect Failure SCSI Parity Error IDE Message received Invalid Message Error Overlapped Commands attempted Erase failure Media Load Eject failure Unload Tape failure Media Removal Prevented Operator Media Removal Request 8 110 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem ASC 5Bh 80h 81h 82h DLT2000 SCSI Interface Table 8 6 Additional Sense Codes Qualifiers Used Cont d ASCQ Olh 02h 00h Olh 02h 00h 00h Description Threshold Condition Met Log Counter at Maximum Calibration Error Cleaning Required Cleaning Requested Directory Read Error Not allowed if not at BOT Medium Changer specific commands DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 111 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 19 RESERVE UNIT 16h Operation Code 16h Logical Unit Number 3rdPty Third Party Device ID Byte a2 Reserved pap Reserved S O af o Reed S S O Figure 8 71 RESERVE UNIT CDB RESERVE UNIT reserves the specified drive for exclusive use by the requesting initiator or for another specified SCSI device The
65. 1Ah 15h All three pages that are specific to Medium Changers are supported 8 5 3 1 Device Capabilities Page 1Fh The drive shall support the Device Capabilities Page which has the following format Page Code 1Fh Byte Reserved Reserved Wee STOST Figure 8 90 Device Capabilities Page Format 6 so 9 Bit Field Values e Elements that can store media StorDT StorST e Valid Source gt Destination pairs ST gt DT DT gt ST All the MT gt XX and the XX gt MT entries are zero since the loader will not accept a Medium Transport element address as a source or destination All the IE gt XX and the XX gt IE entries are zero since there is no Import Export element Bytes 12 through 15 are all zero as the medium changer does not support the exchange medium command DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 139 DLT2000 SCSI Interface The medium changer does not support ST gt ST or DT gt DT 8 140 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 5 3 2 Element Address Assignment Page 1Dh The drive shall support the Element Address Assignment Page which has the following format Byte Bit z b hkh b bk h lo pps o PageCode Dh MSB 1st Medium Transport Element Address 01h LSB MSB Number of Medium Transport Elements 1 LSB MSB Ist Storage Element Address 100h LSB MSB Number of Storage Elements LSB MSB 1st Import Export Elements 0
66. 4 26 3 Download Microcode eeeesceeccessseceeeeecssceceeeeeneeceeeeeneeceeesenaeecnaeeeeees 8 127 8 4 26 4 Download Microcode and Save eeccecssecessreeeneeceseeeeneeceeeeeeeaeecsaeeeenees 8 127 8 4 27 WRITE FILEMARKS LOD ooo eee een aa E A E E S 8 129 8 5 SUPPORTED SCSI 2 MEDIUM CHANGER DEVICE COMMANDS sseseseseseseerereeees 8 131 8 5 1 INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS 07b 0 cee cree creeeseeeeeeeeenseenseenaes 8 132 8 5 2 READ ELEMENT STATUS B8h 0 es cesecseeeseecseesneconveneessessnovssessersseesees 8 133 8 5 2 1 Element Status Data Headet eee ceecceesceceeecceeceeceaceeeneeceaeeeeaeecsaeeeaees 8 134 8 5 2 2 MEDIUM TRANSPORT ELEMENT STATUS PAGE 00 eceseseesesseseeeeeeceseaeescseaeereneaes 8 135 8 5 2 3 Storage Element Status Page eee cee cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecssecssecaeeaeeaeeees 8 136 8 5 2 4 Data Transfer Element Status Page eee ceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeecseeeeeneeens 8 137 8 5 3 MODE SENSE SELECT JADI Sh oo ieee cece a 8 138 8 5 3 1 Device Capabilities Page LFA eee eeceeeceeeceeecesecesecaecnaeeeeeneeeas 8 138 8 5 3 2 Element Address Assignment Page 1Dh 0 eee eeeeeceeeceseeeeenneeeee 8 140 8 5 3 3 Transport Geometry Parameters Page 1Eh 0 eee cece ceseeeneeeneeeee 8 142 85 4 MOVE MEDIUM ASH wcciccssctineddessstessdesspssieuy tt eeh cesses thes sevsstlesstes pes iesi 8 143 A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS As WIN THIS APPENDIRX crror a A E ASE os dpuseutedncemumenieaegetes A 1 A
67. 5 2 2 The Eject light is on It must be on before you can press the Eject button Then 1 Press the Eject button Figure 5 2 to open the receiver If a tape is loaded in the drive pressing the Eject button also causes the tape to unload 2 Grasp the receiver after it opens Figure 5 6 and gently pull it forward to access the magazine 3 Grasp the magazine s handle only to lift the magazine out of the receiver 5 9 4 Installing the Magazine into the Receiver To install the magazine into the receiver 1 Slide the magazine down into the receiver Figure 5 6 while holding the magazine by the handle Since the magazine is slotted you can restore it in the correct orientation only 2 Push the receiver closed 3 Observe that the receiver is fully closed in the DLT2700 subsystem before proceeding DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 23 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library BACK OF _ MAGAZINE NOTE Push tape in until a click is heard FRONT OF SLOT MAGAZINE NUMBERS 0 6 ZKO 1217 06 DG Figure 5 5 Removing a Cartridge from the Front of the Magazine 5 24 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 0000p ZKO 3135 04 DG Figure 5 6 Receiver Opened DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 25 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library
68. 6 Technical Specifications A 1 SCSI commands 4 6 Temperature SCSI ID Environmental specifications A 13 changing 2 5 3 4 5 3 TEST UNIT READY 8 122 SCSI ID Select Mode 4 19 Testing installation 4 8 SCSI ID setting 4 13 Top View A 9 SCSI interface chapter 8 1 Transport geometry parameters Select button 4 10 page 8 142 Select button operation 4 27 Troubleshooting Selecting Density 3 7 4 14 5 9 DLT2000 2 10 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 8 115 Troubleshooting guide 6 1 Sense Information Format 8 102 Sense Key Information C 1 U SENSE page 8 42 Unit Attention condition 8 3 Sequential access device commands 8 15 Unload button 3 11 Service mode 5 8 Unloading a cartridge Setting SCSI ID 4 13 diagram to follow 3 24 Shipment ranges procedure 3 24 environmental specifications A 14 Unloading cartridge from the drive 4 28 Shock requirements Updating environmental requirements A 16 firmware 1 3 Side view A 10 Updating firmware 7 1 Slot Select button 5 17 Using a cartrige 3 22 operation 5 17 SPACE 8 120 V STATUS phase 8 5 Storage element status page 8 136 Vendor Unique Inquiry Vendor Unique Inquiry 8 21 6 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem VERIFY 8 123 Vibration and shock requirements environmental specifications A 15 Vital product data pages 8 22 WwW WRITE 8 124 WRITE BUFFER 8 126 Write data 8 127 WRITE FILEMARKS 8 129 Write protect switch 3 17 4 20 4 21 5 20 diagra
69. A 9 lists the power on ranges Table A 9 Power on Ranges No Tape Loaded Unpacked 72 hours Dry bulb temperature 10 to 40 C Temperature gradient 15 C h across the range Temperature shock 15 C over two min Relative humidity 10 to 90 Humidity gradient 10 h DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 13 Technical Specifications Table A 10 lists the storage ranges Table A 10 Storage Ranges Unpacked or Packed Dry bulb temperature 40 to 66 C Temperature gradient 20 C h with 5 margin across the range Temperature shock 15 C with 5 margin over two min Relative humidity 10 to 95 noncondensing Humidity gradient 10 h Table A 11 lists the shipment ranges Table A 11 Shipment Ranges Dry bulb temperature 40 to 66 C Temperature gradient 25 C h with 5 margin across the range Temperature shock 15 C with 5 margin over two min Relative humidity 10 to 95 noncondensing Humidity gradient 10 h A 4 2 Altitude The tape drive operates in normal pressures from 500 to 30 000 feet A 14 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications A 5 Vibration and Shock Specifications Section A 5 describes environmental specifications Topic Section Operating Shock and Vibration A 5 1 Nonoperating Shock and A 5 2 Vibration A 5 1 Operating Shock and Vibration Table A 12 lists operating vibration specifications and Table A 13 lists operating shock specifications Tab
70. ARY 5 1 IN THIS CHAPTER mirisa a ae ea nE E E S Dinesh cevevkton us cutestesnterratonecstvetevktea ies 5 1 5 2 INTRODUCTION TO THE MINI LIBRARY ssssssssesesesssssssesetressssssesiseereseenessnsesenenteesenseserete 5 1 5 3 CONFIGURING THE DLT 2700 a inn r A R A E R A R 5 2 5 3 1 Configuration Guidelines sccscci sesasisisvesosssvsnescesssasvedosnesscobsensceoosonstcessessaebasousbee 5 3 5 3 2 Disable Parity Checking rosies sses peed ie epeei ne oeiee ipee ee heei RT SINES HESSE 5 3 5 3 3 Ch nge the SCST Darrenia noa EEEE stead ng EEE Ee EEEE EAE EEEE ES 5 3 54A MODE SELECT KEY v E A AR ARa E aA EI R EEN 5 5 5 4 1 OCP Disabled Mod rn eneren reer E E E ESEE eer EET ES 5 5 DAZ Automatic Mode moreris aire E E A AE Ea 5 7 J43 Manual ModE eisena eia ee aa ee aa aa et ee aa ea tube eE aeS 5 7 DAA Service Modeen ani E E O EE A EE E eea A E E EE 5 8 555 SELECTING DENSILY E E scpnenessvassecosdesedes coasts Sasedbepnensente 5 9 5 0 OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL 22 lt icesnccvecsdesecsvesesevesncestgstn stot seveunceseetenss guvyeneeregeteressteshdveees 5 12 5 7 POWER ON PROGESS vietines reres ree ee ES EE S EEEE eE EEr ES E EA SEENE EA TEE ASES 5 15 5 8 SLOT SELECT LOAD UNLOAD r n E A E EE 5 17 5 8 1 Selecting a Cartridge sissors eis en esee re rE a E Ea S EET E KEES 5 17 5 8 2 Loading the Carttid ge senii en a E A N a A E oben E E 5 17 5 8 3 Unloading the Cartridge eseeeeseesseeeseseessseeerssererserresrestertsserrnrtnsenrtnsesreneeneee
71. ATUS 8 132 INQUIRY 8 17 Insert cartridge magazine 4 23 Install DLT2500 mini library 4 7 Installation 2 1 before you begin 3 1 before you start 2 1 preparation 2 1 setup 2 2 site guidelines 2 2 site setup 2 2 subsystem 2 4 testing 2 8 Installation testing 4 8 Internal Status Code A 1 J Jumpers setting TRM ENB TRM PWR 3 5 K Key lock 4 13 Key lock OCP locked 4 13 Keylock OCP unlocked 4 13 L Load Unload button 4 10 5 17 DLT2700 reset 6 8 reset function 4 10 5 12 Loading a cartrige diagram to follow 3 21 procedure 3 20 Loading cartridge into drive 4 27 LOAD UNLOAD 8 25 LOCATE 8 27 LOG SELECT 8 28 8 30 LOG SENSE 8 34 Logical Unit Numbers See LUNs 8 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 Low level conducted interference A 21 LUNs 8 2 M Magazine 5 20 removing from receiver 5 23 restoration into receiver 5 23 Magazine door open 4 28 Magazine description 4 22 Magazine installing 4 26 Magazine removing from mini library 4 26 Magnetic radiated susceptibility A 20 Manual mode 5 5 5 7 Media 1 2 Media loader inquiry response 8 24 Medium Changer considerations 8 113 Medium Changer Considerations 8 100 8 122 Medium Partition 8 60 page 8 85 Messages display 4 11 Mini library introduction 4 6 MODE SELECT 8 46 8 47 8 50 changeable parameters 8 69 Mode Select key Automatic mode 5 5 description 5 5 Manual mode 5 5 OCP Disab
72. After Loading the Cartridge and Operating If you move the write protect switch From the write protected position to write enabled From write enabled to write protected Then The tape becomes write enabled after a variable amount of time seconds The tape becomes write protected after a variable amount of time seconds DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 19 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 7 Loading a Cartridge The following are more detailed steps for loading a cartridge Figure 3 8 1 When the green light is on steady pull the cartridge insert release handle open 2 Insert the cartridge 3 Push the cartridge into the drive 4 Push the handle closed The green light turns off and the yellow light blinks to show the tape is loading When the tape is at the BOT marker the yellow light turns on steady The tape is now ready for use 3 20 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive Figure 3 8 shows how to load a cartridge into the drive ZKO 1217 10 DG Figure 3 8 Loading a Cartridge DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 21 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 7 1 Tape in Use Whenever the yellow Tape in Use light is on steady the tape is ready to use When the tape is being read written or rewound Tape in Use light blinks Use Table 3 7 to determi
73. Bezel a 3 O hoan om A ALL a LJ Right Side ZKO 1217 17 RGS Figure 7 1 DLT2000 Subsystem Connectors TRM PWR TRM ENB Connector SCSI ID Connector Loader Connector DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 3 Firmware Update From Tape 2 Ensure the TRM PWR TRM ENB jumpers are in position Figure 7 2 number Q ef oe EE o E ZKO 1217 18 RGS Figure 7 2 Jumper Settings for TRM PWR TRM ENB Connector No Term Power Disable Term Power Disable Active Termination Active Termination No Term Power Enable Term Power Enable Active Termination Active Termination From the time the tape is inserted and the drive handle is closed updating the firmware takes from 2 to 3 minutes 7 3 Creating a Firmware Update Tape To do the firmware update you must have a CompacTape III cartridge with a copy of the firmware image This image must be byte written onto the tape in a 4K block format The image must be copied onto the tape instead of using the backup utility 7 3 1 On UN X Systems The FTP utility can be used to transfer the binary firmware image file onto the UN X system Be sure to specify type image before doing the get or put Otherwise extra characters may be added to the file causing the image file to be invalid The image file should be exactly 1152 512 bytes in size When making the update tape copy the image file to the
74. CSI bus must be terminated at both ends and at least one device must supply terminator power Table 2 1 indicates when and where to add a terminator Table 2 1 Adding a Terminator If the DLT2000 is Then The last or only device on the bus 1 Connect the SCSI terminator to one and you are going to terminate the of the SCSI signal connectors on the cables externally DLT2000 rear panel 2 Snap the wire cable clamps into place or tighten screws whichever is supplied to secure the terminator Not the last or only device on the Be sure to install the terminator at the end SCSI bus of the bus The DLT2000 to supply TRM PWR on the bus by adding a jumper to the pins labeled TRM PWR on the controller module 2 5 4 Connect the Power Cord To connect the power cord 1 Ensure the DLT2000 power switch is set to 0 2 Connect the power cord to the DLT2000 power connector Make sure the connector is fully seated 3 Connect the other end of the power cord to a nearby ac outlet DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 7 Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive 2 6 Test the Installation Section 2 6 includes the following topics Topic Section Run the Power On Self Test POST 2 6 1 What to Do after POST 2 6 2 2 6 1 Run POST To test the installation for the DLT2000 by running POST 1 Turn on the system power 2 Set the power switch on the DLT2000 rear panel to on POST runs automatically 3 O
75. CT header and block descriptors complies with the definition of pages in the SCSI 2 specification The SCSI 1 format will not be implemented so this bit is required to be set It is an ILLEGAL REQUEST to have page parameters while the PF bit is off SP This bit must be zero The save Parameters bit instructs the drive to save all savable pages This is not supported PARAMETER LIST LENGTH This specifies the length in bytes of the MODE SELECT parameter list that is transferred during the DATA OUT phase A zero Parameter List Length indicates that no data is transferred 8 46 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 1 MODE SELECT Parameter List The MODE SELECT parameter list shown below contains a 4 byte header followed by one 8 byte block descriptor CTT TTT E Pet Byte p Media Type E A S 3 Block Descriptor Length 08h Block Descriptor g Density Code MSB 2 Number of Blocks O00000h Block Length Page Descriptor g PS 0 E Page Code Byte Additional Length Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter Bytes Figure 8 30 MODE SELECT Parameter List Media Type This field is ignored for Mode Select parameter WP This field is ignored for Mode Select parameter DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 47 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Buffered Mode The drive will implement Immediate Reporting on WRITE commands through Buffered mode If the field is zero then the
76. Checking If your system does not generate parity you can disable parity checking by adding a jumper to the SCSI connector on the left side of the DLT2000 drive Figure 3 1 To disable parity 1 Use Figure 3 1 Number to locate the SCSI ID connector on the drive Front Bezel Left Side a Right Side ZKO 1217 17 RGS 1 TRM PWR TRM ENB Connector 2 SCSI ID Connector 3 Loader Connector Figure 3 1 DLT2000 Drive Connectors 3 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive Figure 3 2 shows what the pins on the SCSI ID connector represent Disable Parity Remote ID Present ID Pins Ng ojoo a ojojo O O LKG 92 95 9 4F Figure 3 2 SCS ID Connector Pins Note A jumper must always be placed on the Remote ID Present position Figure 3 2 for the host to recognize any ID selection on this connector DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 3 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 2 Place the jumper in the disable parity check position as shown in Letter I Figure 3 3 8 Bit Q 0000 000 o ofolo oo 0000 000 o ofojo oo ofo o o Q ofolo o o o ojojo o olojo o o o EERTE o ojooo LKG 9294 94f Figure 3 3 Jumper Positions A SCSI ID 0 D SCSI ID 3 G SCSI ID 6 B SCSI ID 1 E
77. Compression Ratio LOG SENSE Page Format Parameter Control Byte e DU Disable Update This bit is always zero e DS Disable Save Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 e TSD Target Save Disable Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 e ETC Enable Threshold Comparison Threshold checking is not supported on this page this bit is always a zero e TMC Threshold Met Criteria Always a zero e LP List Parameter This bit will always be set to zero as we treat the parameter codes as data counter Compression Ratio The compression ratio is reported as the actual compression ratio times 100 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 43 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Parameter Block for Parameter Codes 02 through 09 Bit Parameter Code LSB 04h Counter Value Figure 8 28 Read Write Bytes Transferred LOG SENSE Page Format Parameter Control Byte DU Disable Update This bit is always zero DS Disable Save Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 TSD Target Save Disable Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 ETC Enable Threshold Comparison Threshold checking is not supported on this page this bit is always a zero TMC Threshold Met Criteria Always a zero LP List Parameter This bit will always be set to zero as we treat the parameter codes as data counter Counter Value These p
78. DLZ high efficiency data compression algorithm Decompression Algorithm The value returned for the Decompression Algorithm field is 10h This indicates Lempel Ziv DLZ high efficiency data decompression algorithm If EEROM parameter EnaRepDCcomp is set zero value will be reported if the last block read is not decompressed DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 83 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 6 Disconnect Reconnect Page 02h The drive will support the Disconnect Reconnect Page which has the following format Bit Page Code 02h U n Additional Page Length OEh Buffer Full Ratio Byte Buffer empty Ratio MSB Bus Inactivity Limit LSB MSB Disconnect time Limit LSB MSB Connect Time Limit LSB MSB Maximum Burst Size LSB Figure 8 53 Disconnect Reconnect Page Format The following parameters in this page are supported Maximum Burst Size This value specifies the maximum amount of data that will be transferred without disconnecting A value of zero sets no limit This value is in units of 512 bytes For example a value of 8 means 4K bytes Values that are not multiples of 8 are rounded up to the closest multiple of 8 Data Transfer Disconnect Control DTDC This value specifies the restriction when a disconnect is permitted 8 84 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 7 Medium Partition Page 11h The drive supports the Medium Partitions Parameter
79. ELECT DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 55 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Active Partition Only partition 0 is supported Setting this field to any other value will be rejected by the drive with a CHECK CONDITION status and the ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set Write Buffer Full Ratio and Read Buffer Empty Ratio These indicate how full empty the buffer memory should be before restarting the writing reading of the media The DLT2000 will set these fields to zero unused because it uses an automatic adaptive mechanism to dynamically adjust its Full Empty ratios according to the average data rates over the SCSI bus Write Delay Time This indicates the maximum time that the drive will wait with a partially full buffer before forcing the data to tape 100 ms increments The buffer Full Empty ratio which is dynamic can cause data to be written sooner than the Write Delay time would indicate The Write Delay Time defaults to 200 C8h This causes the buffer to be flushed in 20 seconds Maximum value is 6500 1964h and the minimum is 15 OFh This represents delays from almost 11 minutes down to 1 5 seconds Values between 0 and 15 on a MODE SELECT are rounded down to 0 This causes the data to go straight to the media without delay Byte 8 DBR set to 0 data buffer recovery not supported BIS set to 1 Block Identifiers Supported in media format RSmk set to 0 Setmarks not supported AVC set to 0 SOCE set to 0
80. ESSAGE IN phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE with flag OBh This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution of a linked command with the Flag bit set to one is complete and that status has been sent MESSAGE PARITY ERROR 09h This message is sent from the initiator to the target to indicate that one or more bytes in the last message it received had a parity error To indicate that it intends to send the message the initiator sets the ATN signal before it releases ACK for the REQ ACK handshake of the message that has the parity error This provides an interlock so that the target can determine which message has the parity error If the target receives this message under any other conditions it proceeds directly to the BUS FREE state by releasing the BSY signal signifying a catastrophic error DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 11 DLT2000 SCSI Interface The target s response to this message shall be to switch to the MESSAGE IN phase and re send from the beginning all the bytes of the message which generated the original MESSAGE PARITY ERROR message MESSAGE REJECT 07h This message is sent from the initiator or target to indicate that the last message received was inappropriate or has not been implemented To indicate its intentions of sending this message the initiator asserts the ATN signal before it releases ACK for the REQ ACK handshake of the message that i
81. Figure 8 18 LOG Page Control Definitions The Default Threshold Values are the maximum values that each parameter can attain The Current Cumulative Values are the values computed since the last reset of the device either by power cycling BUS DEVICE RESET or SCSI RESET The Default Cumulative Values are the values to which each parameter gets initialized on a reset condition as described previously Default values are zero By default Current threshold values Default threshold values Note All types of Parameter values are changeable through LOG SELECT Page Code The Page Code field identifies which log page is being requested by the initiator If the page is not supported then the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB Supported pages are as follows DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 35 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Page Code Page Description List of Supported Pages Page Write Error Counter Page Read Error Counter Page Last n Errors Events Page Compression ratio page Figure 8 19 LOG SENSE Pages Supported Parameter Pointer The Parameter Pointer field allows the host to specify at which parameter within a log page the requested data should begin For example if a page supports parameters 0 through 5 and the Parameter Pointer field contains 3 then only parameters 3 4 and 5 are returned to the initiator S
82. I Interface DCE Data Compression Enable The Data Compression Enable bit indicates whether data compression is enabled The value returned for this bit depends on the current write density of the DLT2000 as follows 0 Data compression is disabled 1 Data compression is enabled DCC Data Compression Capable The Data Compression Capable bit indicates whether the device supports data compression as follows 0 The device does not support data compression 1 The device supports data compression and will process any data sent to it by the initiator according to the setting of the DCE bit byte 02 bit 7 The DLT2000 supports data compression in its native mode so the value returned for this bit is 1 DDE Data Decompression Enable The Data Decompression Enable bit indicates whether data decompression is enabled or disabled as follows 0 Data decompression is disabled 1 Data decompression is enabled When the DLT2000 reads compressed data from tape it automatically decompresses the data before sending it to the initiator Therefore the value returned for this bit is always 1 data decompression enabled RED Report Exception on Decompression The DLT2000 does not report exceptions on decompression boundaries between compressed and uncompressed data The value returned for the RED field is 00h Compression Algorithm The value returned for the Compression Algorithm field is 10h This indicates Lempel Ziv
83. III 8 74 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface WP A Write Protected bit of zero indicates that the tape is write enabled A Write Protected bit of one indicates that the tape is write protected Buffered Mode The drive implements Immediate Reporting on WRITE commands through Buffered mode If the field is zero then the drive does not report a GOOD status on WRITE commands until the data blocks are actually written to tape If the Buffered Mode field is one then the drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as the data block has been transferred to the buffer This is the default configuration for the drive If Buffered mode is not used the tape drive will suffer a significant degradation in performance but not capacity Speed The tape drive supports only one speed the default speed Block Descriptor Length This specifies the length in bytes of all the block descriptors Since the drive only allows one block descriptor this value will be 8 Density Code This field matches the current density of the media or zero if the density is unknown e 00h use default density e OAh 6667 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3B5 86 199 Read only CompacTape e 16h 10000 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3 193 1990 Read only CompacTape ID e 17h 42500 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3B5 91 174 2 6 GB CompacTape II e 18h Same as 17h but with 56 track pairs vs 24 6 0 GB CompacTape II e 19h 625
84. LOAD UNLOAD LOG SENSE SELECT MODE SELECT MODE SENSE PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL READ BLOCK LIMITS READ BUFFER READ ELEMENT STATUS RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS REQUEST SENSE RESERVE RELEASE UNIT SEND DIAGNOSTIC non media access diagnostics WRITE BUFFER The TEST UNIT READY command is used to determine whether the tape drive would accept a media access command without returning CHECK CONDITION status 8 6 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 2 11 BUS FREE There are several situations when the device might or will go to BUS FREE unexpectedly as defined in the SCSI 2 standard see sections 6 1 1 and 6 3 e An internal hardware or firmware fault that makes it unsafe for the device to continue operation without a full reset similar to a power up reset e ATN asserted or bus parity error detected during non tape data transfers 8 2 12 BUS PARITY ERRORS The occurrence of bus parity errors i e single bit errors are very serious because they imply the possibility of undetected double bit errors on the bus which most likely would result in undetected data corruption On properly configured SCSI buses parity errors should be extremely rare If any are detected they should be quickly addressed by improving the configuration of the SCSI bus A well configured SCSI system in a normal environment should be virtually free of bus parity errors Bus parity errors cause the drive to either retry th
85. LT2000 SCSI Interface 8 1 Overview This chapter details the SCSI Protocol features the DLT2000 implements The following sections do not fully reiterate the ANSI SCSI specification but describes the supported commands messages and options supported and the error recovery procedures 8 2 General SCSI Bus Operation 8 2 1 Data Transfer The DLT2000 supports asynchronous and synchronous data transfers The product has differential and single ended versions Odd parity is generated during all information transfer phases where the device writes data to the SCSI bus and checked during all information transfer phases where data is read from the bus Parity checking can be disabled Refer to Chapter 2 for details Note The SCSI specification referrers to mini libraries as medium changers where as Quantum uses the term min libraries throughout this manual The DLT2000 supports a maximum block size of 1 Byte to 16 MBytes Disconnects from the SCSI bus will be done at regular intervals during a data transfer This allows other devices to access the bus This disconnecting is configurable by use of the Disconnect Reconnect Mode Parameters page DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 1 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 2 2 Initiator Target Operation The DLT2000 does not act as an initiator on the SCSI bus Therefore the device will not do any of the following e Generate unsolicited interrupts to the host e Initiate its own
86. Library Table 5 2 DLT2700 Operator Control Panel Cont d Button Indicator Color Density Override Yellow 2 6 Yellow 6 0 Yellow 10 0 Yellow Compress Yellow Function Indicates tape drive activity as follows On steady you selected a density from the front panel Off default density to be selected by the host automatic Blinking you are in density selection mode Indicates tape drive activity as follows On steady tape is recorded in 2 6 GB format Blinking tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT Indicates tape drive activity as follows On steady tape is recorded in 6 0 GB format Blinking tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT Indicates tape drive activity as follows On steady tape is recorded in 10 0 GB format Blinking tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT Indicates tape drive activity as follows On Compression mode enabled Compression can be done in 10 0 GB density only Off Compression mode disabled 5 14 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 5 7 Power On Process Caution Before applying power verify the DLT2700 is set see the label on the mini library rear panel for the available ac supply voltage Table 5 3 explains what happens during each phase of the DLT2700 ope
87. Quantum DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Product Manual Date 19 January 96 Order Number 81 109132 03 Quantum reserves the right to make changes and improvements to its products without incurring any obligation to incorporate such changes or improvements in units previously sold or shipped You can request Quantum publications from your Quantum Sales Representative or order them directly from Quantum Publication Number 81 109132 03 SERVICE CENTERS Quantum Service Center Quantum Gmbh Quantum Asia Pacific Pte 715 Sycamore Avenue Genferstrasse 4B Ltd Milpitas California 95035 60437 Frankfurt am Main 56 50 Tagore Lane b1 04 Phone 408 894 4000 Germany Singapore 2678 Fax 408 894 3218 Phone 49 69 509 1080 Phone 65 450 9333 Fax 49 69 509 10891 Fax 65 452 2544 CompacTape is a trademark of Quantum Corporation DLT is a trademark of Quantum Corporation Copyright 1996 by Quantum Corporation All rights reserved Printed in USA The following FCC Notice applies to the DLT2000 drive FCC NOTICE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in residential installation Any changes or modifications made to this equipment may void the user s authority to operate this equipment This equipment generates uses and
88. RBO set to 0 REW set to 0 Do not report Early Warning EOM on reads Gap Size This field is not used and is set to zero EOD Defined This field is set to 00h any other value will be rejected by the drive EEG The Enable EOD Generation bit is set to indicate that the drive will generate an EOD The drive generates an EOD mark before any change of direction following a write type operation This bit is ignored on MODE SELECT 8 56 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface SEW and Buffer Size At Early Warning The Synchronize at Early Warning bit is set to 1 Buffer Size at EW is not supported and must be zero Select Data Compression Algorithm One enables data compression a zero disables it The front panel setting will override what is specified in the MODE SELECT but no error will result If the front panel is returned to automatic mode the value from the last MODE SELECT command will determine whether compression will be used or not DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 57 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 6 Disconnect Reconnect Page 02h The drive shall support the Disconnect Reconnect Page which has the following format MSB Bus Inactivity Limit Byte Disconnect time Limit Connect Time Limit Maximum Burst Size Figure 8 35 Disconnect Reconnect Page Format E i 2 E In this page only the Maximum Burst Size parameter is changeable The following parameters in t
89. S 0 6 MANUAL MODE SERVICE MODE Figure 5 2 DLT2700 Operator Control Panel 5 6 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Eject BUTTON AND INDICATOR AREA Load Unload Slot Select Power On OCP LABEL Write Protected Tape In Use Use Cleaning Tape Magazine Fault Loader Fault Density Select Bus ID Density Override 10 0 Compress ZKO 1217 18 DG Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 5 4 2 Automatic Mode This is the default or normal mode of the DLT2700 subsystem This mode allows the DLT2700 to load and unload cartridges as needed during backup procedures When the user engages the Automatic Mode a SCSI unload command is issued not only is the currently loaded cartridge unloaded from the drive and restored to its position in the magazine the next higher numbered cartridge is loaded into the drive A SCSI load command is unnecessary except to load the lowest number cartridge upon inserting the magazine When you copy data to the tape operations stop if one of the following happens e
90. SB Reserved Byte Count of Report Available Figure 8 86 Element Status Data Header 8 134 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 5 2 2 Medium Transport Element Status Page Bit pts Ps poets pots jo fo Element Type Code Ih Medium Transport 1 pvorrag Avorrag Reserved O MSB 13 Transport Element Descriptor Length LSB Byte FE oaaao Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available Descriptor s_ avs o Transport Element Address 01h LSB Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier Byte MSB Source Element Address LSB Reserved Reserved Reserved 23 Reserved Figure 8 87 Medium Transport Element Status Page There is only one Medium Transport element which can be addressed explicitly as element address 1 or implicitly as address 0 PvolTag and AVolTag are always zero DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 135 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 5 2 3 Storage Element Status Page Bit Eae ee Wa a 0 Reserved fo 2 MSB Storage Element Descriptor Length LSB Byte lo Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available Descriptor MSB First Storage Element Address Reported LSB Reserved Byte so jo Reserved MSB Source Element Address LSB Figure 8 88 Storage Element Status Page There are up to five seven Storage Elements corresponding to the number slots in a magazine for DLT2500 DLT2700 PvolTag and AVolTag are always
91. SCSI commands e Assert bus reset 8 2 3 SCSI IDs and Logical Unit Numbers LUNs The DLT2000 with optional medium changer has two logical units The tape drive will always appear as LUN 0 The medium changer defaults to appearing as LUN 1 but may be configured via the MODE SELECT command to any LUN from 1 to 7 Refer to MODE SELECT section in this chapter Unsupported LUNs will be treated as follows If the LUN specified in the IDENTIFY message is invalid the DLT2000 shall accept the Command Descriptor Block CDB There are three cases of what happens next 1 Ifthe command is INQUIRY the target shall return the INQUIRY data with the peripheral qualifier set to 011 indicating that the target will never support the LUN in question 2 Ifthe command is REQUEST SENSE the target shall return sense data The sense key shall be ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVALID Logical Unit Number 3 For any other command the target shall terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status and generate the above Sense Data 8 2 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 2 4 Unit Attention Condition Queued Unit Attentions are implemented on this device and are maintained separately for each valid LUN for each Initiator Unit Attentions will be created in the following circumstances e Power on e BUS Reset e Bus Device Reset message e When the media may have changed asynchronously e Another in
92. SI 2 medium changer device loader The mini library provides unattended backup of 100 GB in less than 16 hours or up to 50 GB in an 8 hour shift in a compressed mode DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 1 1 Overview and Features of the DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Product The DLT2700 is a tape mini library that performs automatic tape operations The DLT2700 includes the tape drive and a 7 cartridge SCSI 2 medium changer device loader The mini library provides unattended backup of 140 GB in less than 16 hours or up to 70 GB in an 8 hour shift in a compressed mode The drive and mini libraries are available in a rackmountable form factor Also the DLT2000 DLT2500 and DLT2700 are available with either single ended or differential fast driver receivers 1 3 Fast Data Transfer Rate Used for unattended backups or archiving the DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 allows the user to back up a higher data capacity at a high speed The DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 when operating in a non compressed mode has a maximum transfer rate of 1 25 MB s When operating in the compressed mode the maximum transfer rate is 2 5 MB s write and 3 0 MB s read 1 4 High Capacity The amount of data the user can store on a tape CompacTape III cartridge can be up to 10 0 GB native capacity or 20 0 GB compressed depending on whether you select compression mode Built in data compression increases cartridge capacity and drive transfer rate 2 to 2 5 times Compressio
93. Storage capacity of the last tape cartridge is exceeded e No tape cartridge is in the next sequential slot in the magazine To lock the DLT2700 subsystem into its normal operating position in the enclosure but leave the receiver unlocked set the Mode Select key to Automatic mode The following results of setting the Mode Select key to Automatic mode are e The OCP pushbuttons are enabled e SCSI media changer commands are enabled e Cartridge are sequentially loaded by the SCSI unload command but the lowest numbered cartridge is not automatically loaded upon magazine insertion Behavior in this mode is modified by the EEPROM parameters ENALDRAUTOLD 1 and DISLDRAUTOLDMC 0 which enable both sequential and random access functionality 5 4 3 Manual Mode Automatic loading and unloading of cartridges does not occur in this mode You must press the Load Unload button to move each cartridge This mode is most useful for but not restricted to copying specific files to or from tape Basically only the OCP pusbuttons are enabled as SCSI commands are disabled To lock the DLT2700 subsystem into the enclosure set the Mode Select key to Manual mode The following results of setting the Mode Select key to Manual mode are e The receiver is unlocked and can be opened e SCSI move media commands are disabled e SCSI load unload commands are disabled DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 7 Configuring and Operating the
94. T to tell an initiator that the present physical path is going to be broken the target intends to disconnect by releasing BSY Later reselection is required in order to complete the current operation This message does not cause the initiator to save the Data pointer DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 9 DLT2000 SCSI Interface When received from an initiator the tape drive enters the message in phase and return MESSAGE REJECT EXTENDED MESSAGE 01h This is sent as the first byte of a multiple byte message gt 2 bytes by either initiator or target EXTENDED MESSAGE has the following format Extended Message Identifier 01h Extended Message Length Extended Message Code Extended Message additional parameters Figure 8 1 Extended Message Format The Extended Message Length specifies the length of the Extended Message plus the number of additional parameter bytes that are to follow The length does not include bytes 0 and 1 A value of zero for the Extended Message Length indicates 256 bytes to follow Possible Extended Message codes are 00h MODIFY DATA POINTER not supported Olh SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST 02h Reserved 03h WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST supported on some models 04h 7Fh Reserved 80 FFh Vendor Unique If the tape drive receives an extended message which it does not support it switches to message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT after all the bytes of the message have been tran
95. USHBUTTON SWITCH ssssscccececeessesececeeeceesssseeaeees 5 4 5 2 DLT2700 OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL cc scscccceceesessscesecececsesseaeceesececeesesseeeeeceesenseaeees 5 6 5 3 WRITE PROTECT SWITCH ON A CARTRIDGE ccessesssceeececeesssaececeeeceensenssaeseeeceeeenteaeees 5 21 5 4 INSERTING A CARTRIDGE INTO THE MAGAZINE scsssscsecececsesseececececsessaecceceeeceenenseaeees 5 22 5 5 REMOVING A CARTRIDGE FROM THE FRONT OF THE MAGAZINE csessecececeeeeeeesseaeees 5 24 5 6 RECEIVER OPENED 3 jcvedseccedevess a svi Golan en ccavcuaveseccueatedeveavere desesudeeverdecdesddesusesetersente 5 26 6 1 OPENING THE CARTRIDGE DOOR TO CHECK THE TAPE LEADER cscsessceeeceesessenteeeees 6 4 7 1 DLT2700 SUBSYSTEM CONNECTORS ccssssscsececeesssececececsessssececececsessnssaeceesesenenseaeeeeees 7 3 7 2 JUMPER SETTINGS FOR TRM PWR TRM ENB CONNECTOR cccceceessetsceeececceesenseaeees 7 4 8 1 EXTENDED MESSAGE FORMAT ccccsessscecececeesssececececeessesnsaececcceceessaaeceecesesensaaseeeeeeees 8 10 8 2 SDTR EXTENDED MESSAGE FORMAT cccccececsessscececececsesseaeceeececcseneasceceeeceessnssaeeeeeens 8 13 8 3 ERASE CIB a e abe Cates A A nT 8 16 e NODE E O D e NE E E E EE E E EE ak band E E E E PA cdeesecebeoTete 8 17 8 5 INQUIRY RESPONSE DATA ccccssssseceessececsescececsececesesaececssceececsesesseaueeecsesaeeeeneaeeenees 8 18 8 6 INQUIRY VENDOR UNIQUE BYTES DEFINITION cccccsesssceeececsessesec
96. Write protect the tape Slide the switch to the left orange indicator is visible DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 23 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library MLO 012140 Figure 4 8 nserting a Cartridge into the Magazine To insert a cartridge into the magazine Figure 4 8 Place the magazine on a flat surface with the slots facing you Each slot is numbered to ensure you are inserting the cartridge correctly in the front of the magazine Usually cartridges are inserted into consecutive slots Insert the cartridge by pushing it into the slot until you hear a click Notice a small metal tab This holds the cartridge in place 4 24 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library MLO 012132 Figure 4 9 Removing a Cartridge from the Magazine 4 10 2 Removing a Cartridge from the Magazine To remove a cartridge from the magazine Figure 4 9 At the front of the magazine where you can see the metal tab next to the slot number press in on the cartridge until it stops and you hear a click Then release The slot has a spring release action DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 25 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library NOTE Never apply labels to the top or bottom of tape cartridges Doing so can cause cartridge jams in the mini library Use the space on the front of the cartridge for labels
97. a Automatically reads the tape NOTE Calibration and directory processing cause the tape to move for a few minutes before data is actually read b Examines the data c Verifies the data is a valid DLT2500 code image When the drive code update completes the controller s flash EEPROM memory is updated with the new code image d Resets and goes through POST and the code update tape cartridge returns to the magazine The LDR RDY message displays 5 If the code update succeeds the mini library resets itself A magazine scan takes place 7 4 2 1 Interpreting the Results DLT2500 Code Update The following results can occur Table 7 2 Results DLT2500 Code Update If This means And you should The code update The update succeeded The Begin operating the cartridge unloads from controller s flash EEPROM mini library the drive and loads into memory is updated with the the magazine slot from new firmware image which it came The code update The update failed cartridge does NOT The drive may reset and the unload from the drive ERR UNK message may and load into the display The mini library magazine should still be usable but this depends on why the update failed The reasons for failure could be DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 11 Firmware Update From Tape Table 7 2 Results DLT2500 Code Update Cont d If This means e The code update 1 cartridge contains a
98. a to the tape from BOT 4 7 3 Native Default Density If you did not use the front panel density select mode or programmable host selection the selection becomes the native default density of 10 GB when using a CompacTape III tape uncompressed 4 16 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 8 Default Operating Modes The mini library operates in 4 modes e Normal e Density Select e SCSI ID Select e Code Update 4 8 1 Normal Mode Normal mode is used by default after you turn on or reset the mini library The information displayed during this mode depends on the state of the mini library If the display says LDR ACT LDR RDY DRV RDY DRV ACT DRV REW HC WP Switch Functions While in Normal mode It means the Loader is active Loader is inactive and no cartridge is in the drive Drive is ready Drive is active Tape is rewinding Use cleaning tape Drive is in write protect status When you press and release the Display Mode button the mini library enters Density Select mode When you press and hold the Display Mode button about 5 seconds the mini library enters SCSI ID Select mode DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 17 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 8 2 Density Select Mode Density Select mode allows you to select drive density If the display says It means the
99. ace the mini library in Code Update mode DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 19 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 9 Description of the Tape Cartridge The CompacTape III tape cartridge is a 4 inch gray plastic cartridge containing 1100 feet of 1 2 inch magnetic metal particle tape 4 9 1 Cartridge Write Protect Switch The tape cartridge has a Write Protect switch to prevent accidental erasure of data Before you load the tape cartridge into the drive position the write protect switch on the front of the cartridge Figure 4 6 The switch can move to the e Left so the cartridge is Write Protected e Right so the cartridge is Write Enabled When you slide the switch to the left the small orange rectangle is visible This means data cannot be written to the tape The arrow beneath the orange rectangle and over the two lines on the write protect switch lets you know that data cannot be written to the tape On the right side of the write protect switch is another symbol an arrow over one line This symbol indicates that if you slide the write protect switch to the right data can be written to the tape Figure 4 6 shows the write protect switch on the tape cartridge MLO 012010 Orange Write Write Enabled Write Protected Indicator Protect Switch Figure 4 6 Write Protect Switch on a Cartridge 4 20 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating th
100. ad Unload Eject and Density Select buttons are OCP pushbuttons They contain a green light and they are operable only when their corresponding lights are on Note The Load Unload button has three functions e Load e Unload e Reset If a loader fault occurred and the Loader Fault light is on press Load Unload to reset the DLT2700 5 8 1 Selecting a Cartridge To select a cartridge press the Slot Select button to advance the slot light to the next available slot After a successful initialization the DLT2700 subsystem automatically selects slot 0 and the Slot Select button becomes active The Load Unload and Eject lights remain on during slot selection 5 8 2 Loading the Cartridge To load the cartridge from the loader into the drive press the Load Unload button Table 5 4 explains what happens after pressing the button Table 5 4 Load Unload Functions Stage What Happens 1 The Select Slot Load Unload and Eject lights turn off and the elevator moves to the selected slot indicated by the light 2 The cartridge is then removed from the magazine and placed in the elevator 3 The elevator moves to the drive position and inserts the cartridge into the drive 4 The lights remain off until the tape loads to the BOT 5 After the cartridge is loaded into the drive the Eject and Load Unload lights turn on and the corresponding buttons are enabled The Slot Select light remains off DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge T
101. ader followed by the actual parameters value The parameter header is as follows Name T Current Default Minimum Maximum Name refers to the parameter name for example PRODUCTID or DEFFAULTCOMPON T designates data type b specifies binary type A specifies string type and it is decimal data type if not specified Current Default Minimum Maximum specifies the current default minimum maximum value of the parameter 8 88 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 11 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL 1Eh Bit CALAR ke a Figure 8 56 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL CDB This command enables or disables the unloading of the tape cartridge Prevent If this bit is set the Unload button on the drive front panel is effectively disabled and the UNLOAD command will not unload the media or the cartridge The Prevent Allow status in the device is maintained separately for each initiator When the Prevent bit is set to zero then the Prevent state corresponding to that initiator is cleared Only when all initiators have cleared their Prevent state are the Unload button and Unload commands enabled again By default after power up hard reset or Bus Device Reset message the Prevent Medium Removal function is cleared If a Media Loader is present the Move Medium command will not be allowed to remove a cartridge if PREVENT has been selected DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 89 DLT2000 SCSI Inte
102. ads LDR RDY Press the Load Unload button to reset the mini library and try to clear the error 4 10 8 Opening the Magazine Door The Open button opens the magazine door for inserting or removing the magazine The button is disabled when the key lock is in the locked or disabled position When Then You should A cartridge is not in The LDR RDY message Press the Open button The the drive displays before any door opens operation begins A cartridge is in the The DRV RDY message Press the Open button so drive displays before the the cartridge unloads from operation begins the drive and moves back into the magazine The door opens Result In both situations once you close the door again a magazine scan begins The LDR ACT message displays When the scan completes LDR RDY message displays 4 28 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 11 When to Use the Cleaning Tape Cartridge Use Table 4 6 to determine when to use the cleaning cartridge Table 4 6 When to Use the Cleaning Cartridge lf 1 The HC message displays 2 A data cartridge causes the HC message to display frequently 3 The HC message still displays after you clean the drive head 4 The HC message displays after you load the cleaning cartridge It means The drive head needs cleaning or the tape is bad item 3 in this table The data cartridge may be damaged
103. aeceecescsessasseeeeeeeeneas 4 27 4 6 WHEN TO USE THE CLEANING CARTRIDGE c cccccccccessssececececsessaesececescsesesssaeeeeeeeesenees 4 29 5 1 RESULTS OF DENSITY SELECTION USING A COMPACTAPE IIT TAPE 0 ccccccceeeeesseeees 5 11 5 2 DLT2700 OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL c cccccccscsessssesecececeesssaecececeeceeseaeceeeeeceenenseaeees 5 12 5 3 LOADER POWER ON SHELF TEST ccccccsssssceeececsesssaececececeeesesececeeeceesesssaeeeeceeesenseaeees 5 15 5 4 LOAD UNLOAD FUNCTIONS ccssccscccecsessssececececsesenseaeececececsensaaeeeceeeceensaaeceeececeenenseaeees 5 17 6 1 DLT2500 OCP BUTTON CONDITIONS cc scccccceseessssscecececeesessecesececeesestsaeeeeceeesensaaeeeeess 6 2 6 2 DLT2700 OCP BUTTON CONDITIONS c sccccccecsessssececececeessssecececccsenseceeececeesesteaeeeeees 6 3 7 1 RESULTS DLT2000 CODE UPDATE s scccssseececsesceceessececeeseeeecseeeeceeaeeecsesaeeesseeeeeneaee 7 9 7 2 RESULTS DLT2500 CODE UPDATE cseccccesssececsescecessnececseaeeeecseseeceesseeecseaeeeeseeeeens 7 11 7 3 RESULTS DLT2700 CODE UPDATE csescccesssececssseeeecsenceceesseececesaaececseeeceeseeecseaeees 7 17 8 1 SUPPORTED SCSI MESSAGES ccccccesssssececececeesssaececececeessaaececececseneaseeecececeesenseaeeeeseeenes 8 8 8 2 DLT2000 SUPPORTED SCSI COMMANDS cccsssscccececsesssaeceeccecsessennsceccceceesenseaeseeeens 8 15 8 3 EEROM VENDOR UNIQUE PAGE PARAMETERS ccccccessessscecececeesessscecece
104. age data to be discarded and the download must be restarted from the beginning 8 4 26 4 Download Microcode and Save This mode can be used to download and save the entire image at once or to download the image data and save it or to cause a save operation after all the image data has been downloaded using the Download only mode This mode of the command causes the image data to be verified and the Flash EEPROM firmware area to be updated During the reprogramming the Write Protect and Drive Activity LEDS on the drive s front panel will blink DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 127 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Note During the actual reprogramming of the FLASH memory chips if any type of powerfail occurs or if the reprogramming fails part way through the subsystem will be unusable and the controller board will need to be replaced When the Save operation is successfully completed the firmware restarts itself causing POST to be rerun and two Unit Attention conditions are generated power up reset and operating code has changed 8 128 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 27 WRITE FILEMARKS 10h Bit ae Jeee Byte Number of Filemarks 4 Figure 8 82 WRITE FILEMARKS CDB WRITE FILEMARKS causes the specified number of Filemarks to be written beginning at the current logical position on tape If the Immed bit is not set any data or Filemarks in the write cache buffer are writt
105. ages Cont d Display Message Tells you OVR Tape drive activity as follows e On steady means you selected a density from the front panel e Off default means density is selected automatically e Flashing means you are in density select mode 2 6 Tape drive activity as follows e On steady means the tape is recorded in 2 6 format e Flashing means the tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT 6 Tape drive activity as follows e On steady means the tape is recorded in 6 GB format e Blinking means the tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT 10 Tape drive activity as follows e On steady means the tape is recorded in 10 GB format e Flashing means the tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT 10C Tape drive activity as follows e On means Compression mode is enabled Compression can be done in 10 GB density only e Off means Compression mode is disabled 4 12 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 6 Key Lock The key lock on the front of the mini library Figure 4 3 enables or disables use of the operator control panel OCP Figure 2 5 The key lock prevents unauthorized removal of the magazine or cartridges providing a measure of data security To unlock or enable the OCP turn the key toward the opened lock icon next to
106. ailed Reasons for failure could be 1 Power failure 2 Bad image on the tape 3 Broken Flash EEPROMs 7 8 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape Table 7 1 gives additional details Table 7 1 Results DLT2000 Code Update If Then The image is valid 1 The flash EEPROM containing the current firmware is erased 2 The new image is programmed in The subsystem completes the update in about 2 minutes Then e The tape drive resets itself e POST takes place e The drive automatically unloads the tape cartridge containing the firmware image so you can remove the cartridge This shows a successful firmware update 1 The tape is NOT a valid No update is attempted The Write Protect and firmware update tape Tape In Use indicators do not blink The drive resets and the tape stays loaded to signal the 2 The tape does not contain a firmware update was unsuccessful valid image The tape contains a valid image The controller is probably unusable and needs but for some reason the to be replaced The tape drive resets itself and reprogramming flash memory reruns POST which fails if flash memory does fails not contain a valid image Caution Code update can appear finished but in fact it is still processing Wait 20 seconds for the green light to appear to ensure the code update has been completed DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 9 Firmware Update Fro
107. alid DLT2000 firmware image Firmware update mode is automatically cleared at this point If the firmware image is valid and e Ifthe drive code is up to date the drive code does not go through an update e Ifthe drive code is not up to date the drive code goes through an update taking 2 to 3 minutes 7 6 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 4 5 Firmware Update From Tape While the drive code goes through the update the Write Protect and Tape in Use indicators flash alternately When the drive code update is complete the drive resets and goes through Power On Self Test POST The process waits until the tape is reloaded at beginning of tape BOT If the firmware image is valid the controller s flash EEPROM memory is automatically updated with the new firmware image The Write Protect and Tape in Use indicators flash again during the controller firmware update DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 7 Firmware Update From Tape 7 4 1 1 Interpreting the Results DLT2000 Code Update Two possible results can occur e The firmware update cartridge is unloaded this means a successful update On the DLT2000 the media is placed into the cartridge the door is unlocked and the green Operate Handle indicator is turned on e The firmware update cartridge is NOT unloaded this means the update was unsuccessful The subsystem should still be usable but this depends on why the update f
108. alifier These two bytes provide additional information about the Sense Key and cause of the CHECK CONDITION status See the tables later in this section Sub Assembly Code Unused at present returned as 0 Field Pointer Bytes C D When set indicates that the illegal parameter is in the CDB A C D of zero indicates that the illegal parameter is in the Parameter List from the initiator BPV When the Bit Pointer Valid bit is set it indicates that the Bit Pointer field is valid and designates which bit of the byte designated by the field pointer is in error For a multi bit field it points to the most significant bit of the field Field Pointer Indicates which byte of the CDB or Parameter List was in error For a multi byte field the most significant byte is indicated Internal Status Code For a complete definition of Internal Status Code see Appendix B 8 104 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Tape Motion Hours Report the number of tape motion hours that is the head wear hours Format is represented in a hex decimal word 2 bytes Power On Hours Report the total hours the drive power has been on Format is represented in a hex decimal longword 4 bytes Tape Remaining Report the amount of tape remained in 4096 bytes block DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 105 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Sense Key Oh lh 2h 3h 4h Sh 6h 7h 8h Bh Dh Eh Table 8 5 Sense K
109. always be set to 0 to indicate parameter codes are treated as data counters Error Detection Summary in Log Select Pages The host should issue a LOG SENSE command to initialize host software which allows Correct determination of the pages the drive uses Determination of the parameter codes and length of each parameter The following conditions constitute errors in the parameter block that will cause the drive to return CHECK CONDITION with the sense data set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST If a page header is received with unsupported page codes Incorrect log page length is specified in the page header An illegal parameter code within a valid page code Parameter codes for a supported page are not sent in ascending order LP bit is set to 1 in the parameter control byte DS bit is set to zero in the parameter control byte TSD bit is set to zero in the parameter control byte DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 33 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 8 LOG SENSE 4Dh Operation Code 4Dh ae O fet Pee i USE Parameter Pointer Allocation Length o o neoe J Fa J un Figure 8 17 LOG SENSED CDB LOG SENSE allows the host to retrieve statistical information maintained by the device about its own hardware or the installed media It is a complementary command to LOG SELECT PPC The Parameter Pointer Control bit must be zero A Parameter Pointer Control bit of zero indicate
110. ameter value for code 05h will be 8 bytes the parameter length will be set to 8 Byte 2 of Log parameter block in Figure 8 15 is referred to as the parameter control byte e DU Disable Update DU bit is not defined for LOG SELECT and the target shall ignore any value e DS and TSD Saving parameters is not supported they both should be set to 1 If the DS and or TSD are set to zero the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST with the additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST e ETC Enable Threshold Comparison When set to 1 the drive will perform a comparison with threshold values once the cumulative value is updated Comparison criteria is defined in TMC If the comparison is met and the RLEC bit of MODE SELECT SENSE Control Page is set to 1 then a UNIT ATTENTION is generated for all initiators The additional sense code is set to LOG EXCEPTION and the additional sense code qualifier is set to THRESHOLD CONDITION MET If the RLEC bit is zero and the comparison is met then UNIT ATTENTION is not generated e TMC Threshold Met Criteria See Figure 8 23 for the list of criteria Once the specified criteria in this field is met and the ETC bit is 1 and the RLEC bit in MODE SENSE SELECT Control Page is set to 1 then UNIT ATTENTION is generated for all initiators 8 32 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface LP List Parameter This bit should
111. ape Subsystem 5 17 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 5 8 3 Unloading the Cartridge Caution Do not press the Load Unload button until backup or other tape operations are stopped at the terminal Doing so can result in operation failure and drive unavailability Note The Load Unload light must be on before you press the Load Unload button to load or unload a cartridge If Then You want to unload the Press the Load Unload button cartridge from the drive e The Select Slot Load Unload and Eject lights turn off e The cartridge unloads from the drive into the magazine e However automatic operation now stops and the Select Slot operation does not move in increments The lights turn on once the cartridge is returned to the magazine The Loader Fault light is Press the Load Unload button to reset the subsystem on showing a malfunction and try to clear the error 5 18 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 5 8 4 Opening the Receiver The Eject button opens the receiver for insertion or removal of the magazine The button is disabled when the Mode Select key is in the OCP Disabled position The Eject button can also be used to unload a tape from the drive When Then You should A cartridge is not in The Slot Select Press the Eject button to the drive Load Unload and Eject turn off all lights The lights are on before any elev
112. arameter codes provide a count of the number of bytes transferred since the current tape cartridge was inserted or since the last time the counters were reset via a MODE SELECT command Parameter codes 02 and 03 report the counts of bytes transferred from the tape drive to the initiator Parameter code 02 reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter code 03 reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that has been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for parameter 02 by 1 048 576 and then adding the counter value returned for parameter 03 will give the actual total bytes transferred to the initiator 8 44 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Parameter codes 04 and 05 report the counts of bytes transferred from the tape to the buffer Parameter code 04 reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter code 05 reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that has been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for parameter 04 by 1 048 576 and then adding the counter value returned for parameter 05 will give the actual total bytes transferred from tape to buffer Parameter codes 06 and 07 report the counts of bytes transferred from the initiator to the buffer Parameter code 06 reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter code 07 reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that has been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for parame
113. ared the device is instructed to perform an internal CRC ECC check of the data If this bit is set the command will be rejected Fixed This bit operates in the same fashion as with the READ command DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 123 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 25 WRITE 0Ah Operation Code OAh Transfer Length fs wend wet ee te Figure 8 79 WRITE CDB WRITE transfers one or more blocks from the host to the current logical position When in Buffered Mode see MODE SELECT the tape drive reports a GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as this data block has been transferred to the data buffer The drive flushes the write buffer to tape under the following conditions e The write hold off time limit is exceeded See MODE SELECT command e Receipt of the following nonwrite commands LOAD UNLOAD REWIND ERASE LOCATE MOVE MEDIUM PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL that clears a prevent state e A Write Filemarks command with the immediate bit cleared e ASCSI Reset or Bus Device Reset a reset message is received If Buffered Mode is not selected the buffer will flush after every write type command Buffered Mode can be configured through MODE SELECT and if it is not used the tape drive suffers a significant degradation in performance with respect to transfer rate and therefore loss of streaming 8 124 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Fixed The fixed bit specifies bo
114. ase occurred when the Magazine Fault light and slot lights 0 and 6 are on This is the only time slot lights 0 and 6 are on for a magazine fault To clear a magazine fault caused by case 4 1 Press the Eject button to open the receiver 2 Close the receiver to clear the Fault light 3 Press the Load Unload button the cartridge loads but is not removed from the drive The Magazine Fault light comes on and the receiver opens The service person must remove the magazine reach in and lift the handle on the front of the drive and pull out the cartridge DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 6 7 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT2500 DLT2700 Mini Library Note Slot 0 lights in all error conditions to indicate an error occurred It is not a Slot Select indicator in this case After you clear the error try loading and unloading cartridges to verify operation 6 6 2 DLT2700 Loader Fault Description A loader fault indicates the DLT2700 detected a fatal error in the loader transfer assembly or in the tape drive In some loader transfer assembly errors the subsystem retries the error three times before indicating failure All loader faults cause the Loader Fault light and an associated subcode to light Loader Fault indicates errors in the loader transfer assembly controller module or drive The suspected fault location is indicated by the following slot lights e Slots 4 and 0O a controller module e Slots 5 and 0 a loa
115. ator Action during Power on Self test and 3 5 4 Operation 3 5 1 Beeper A beeper sounds when you can operate the cartridge insert release handle When you hear the beep the green Operate Handle light should be on To prevent damage to the drive wait for the sound of the beeper before opening the door 3 5 2 Unload Button The Unload button is used primarily to unload the tape When the user pushes Unload the DLT2000 waits until an active write to tape is completed before beginning the unload sequence The drive then rewinds the tape back into the cartridge The tape must be completely rewound and unloaded into the cartridge before you can remove the cartridge from the drive An unload operation may take 20 seconds from BOT If the drive is in error state all right side lights are flashing on the front panel pushing the Unload button causes the drive to reset and unload the tape if possible 3 5 3 Cartridge Insert Release Handle Operate the cartridge insert release handle to load a cartridge or to eject a cartridge only when the Operate Handle light is on and after the momentary beep sounds The handle lifts to the open position and lowers to the closed position See Section 3 7 and Section 3 9 for the operating procedures DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 11 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 5 4 Indicator Action during Power On Self Test and Operation When you turn on system power th
116. ator then returns to its operation begins home position and the receiver opens A cartridge is in the The Eject and Press the Eject button to drive Load Unload lights are on turn off both lights and the before the operation cartridge unloads from the begins drive and moves back into the magazine The receiver then opens to allow access to the magazine Result In both situations once the receiver is closed again a magazine scan begins and the lights turn back on when the scan completes DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 19 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 5 9 Magazine The front of the magazine has numbers 0 through 6 that indicate the number of the slot Note Insert and remove all cartridges at the front of the magazine 5 9 1 Inserting a Cartridge into the Front of the Magazine To simplify cartridge insertion place the magazine on a flat surface with the slots facing you Figure 5 4 Each slot is numbered to ensure you are inserting the cartridge correctly in the front of the magazine Usually cartridges are inserted into consecutive slots To insert a cartridge into the magazine 1 Grasp the cartridge with the write protect switch on the right side facing you Figure 5 3 2 Set the cartridge s write protect switch to the desired position If you want to Then Write to the tape Slide the switch to the right orange indicator is not visible Write protect th
117. bserve the indicators on the DLT2000 front panel Ensure the indicator sequence of events is the same as in Table 2 2 Events on the right and left sides happen at the same time Table 2 2 POST Event Action 1 The lights on the right front panel turn on sequentially from top to bottom All lights stay on for a few seconds 2 All lights on the left front panel turn on at the same time for about three seconds and then turn off 3 The green Operate Handle the orange Write Protected and the Yellow Use Cleaning Tape lights turn off The yellow Tape in Use light blinks while the tape drive initializes 4 After initialization if no cartridge is loaded the yellow Tape In Use light turns off the green Operate Handle light turns on the handle unlatches and the beeper sounds For more information on what happens after initialization when a cartridge is present but the handle is down or a cartridge is present but the handle is up not recommended see Section 3 5 4 in Chapter 3 POST completes in about 13 seconds and the drive responds normally to all commands However it might take longer for the media to become ready After a bus reset the tape drive responds within a bus selection timeout period 2 8 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive 2 6 2 What to Do after POST Table 2 3 After POST If Then All the events in Table 2 2 took POST succeeded Bring up
118. cannot be cleared 8 30 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface LOG SELECT PAGE FORMAT Each Log page will begin with a 4 byte header followed by N log parameter blocks one block for each parameter code Each block except for parameter code 05h will be 8 bytes The parameter block for code 05h will be 12 bytes Log Page Header Bit CC b hkh b b h lb 0 Reserved _ Page Code Byte MSB Page Length T Log Parameters oo MSB Parameter Length LSB Fal 2 bu ps rsp ferc mmc Rsva LP ca Parameter Length Byte Parameter Value Figure 8 15 Read Write Error Log Select Page Format Page Code The Page Code specifies what Log Page this LOG SELECT command is for Page Length The page length specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page not including the four bytes of the header Parameter Code Parameter codes supported for the read write error counter pages are described in figure 8 16 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 31 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Parameter Code Description Errors corrected with substantial delays Errors corrected with possible delays Total rewrites or rereads Total errors corrected Total times correction algorithm processed Total bytes processed Total uncorrected errors Vendor Unique Figure 8 16 Parameter Codes Supported Parameter codes 00h O1h and 04h will always return a value of zero Note Par
119. cartridge and the Select button becomes active To select a cartridge press the Select button to advance to the next slot containing a cartridge 4 10 6 Loading the Cartridge into the Drive To load the cartridge from the magazine into the drive press the Load Unload button Table 4 5 explains what happens after you press the button Table 4 5 After Loading the Cartridge Stage What Happens 1 The elevator moves to the selected slot 2 The cartridge is then removed from the magazine and placed in the elevator 3 The elevator moves to the drive position and inserts the cartridge into the drive 4 The display reads LDR ACT until the tape loads to BOT 5 After the cartridge is inserted into the drive the display reads DRV ACT 6 After the cartridge is fully loaded and at BOT the display reads DRV RDY DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 27 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 10 7 Unloading the Cartridge CAUTION Do not press the Load Unload button until backup or other tape operations are stopped at the terminal Doing so can result in operation failure and drive unavailability lf You want to unload the cartridge from the drive The ERR LDR message displays showing a malfunction Then Press the Load Unload button e The DRV REW message displays e The cartridge unloads from the drive and the display reads LDR ACT When the cartridge returns to the magazine the display re
120. ccscccessssceceseececsncceceesaeeeecsaseececeeeeesesaeeecsesaeeseneeeeenses 8 14 viii DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Table of Contents 8 4 1 Control Byte Flag and Link Bits ee eee eecceeeceeeceeecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseensees 8 14 8 4 2 Summary of Supported Sequential Access Device Commands eee eee 8 15 8 4 3 ERASE 19 seere nsei fevish sashes areae aea eSEE EEEa ESEESE EEE Ea EEEE pisao 8 16 8 44 INQUIRY 2P orere e a e ene e E r AES es ee E EE O EE 8 17 8 4 4 1 Drive Inquiry Response 0 0 eee eeeeescesecesecsseceeecseecaeeeseseeeesnecsaeesaeesaeeaee 8 18 8 4 4 2 Vendor Unique Inquiry eee eeceecesecesecssecsseceecseseeeseaseenecsaeesaecsaeaee 8 21 8 4 4 3 Vital Product Data Pages oo eee ee cescesecsecseeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeenseesecesesaeesaeenee 8 22 8 4 4 4 Media Loader Inquiry Response ceeeesecesecssecneeceeeeeeeeeeeeseensecaeesaenes 8 24 8 4 5 LOAD UNLOAD IBD eee cee cneeeeeceseeseceseceseesecsaecnaecnaecnasenavenevensensees 8 25 84 6 LOCATE 2Bh nia ei aie kein ie eee eG ek ae as 8 27 8 4 7 LOG SELECT HOH e ae reer teivisn eg hkiticeriesis ites hasises o ERa TSS rE EE asns 8 28 8 4 7 1 Operation of LOG SELECT Ph kiren re inae e er enap eena e 8 30 8 4 8 LOG SENSE 4DB Ji drin orae nenen e e e ie eE OEE EE E E EE REE 8 34 8 4 8 1 Supported Pages Page Format eesseesseeeeseeeseressssrsrrsrrsresreseeerrsrrsreerrsrerrsse 8 37 8 4 8 2 Read Write Error Log SENSE Page Format Page 2 and 3 eee 8
121. cesesensasseeeeeees 8 64 8 4 CHANGEABLE MODE PARAMETERS ssssssssceceesessssececececsesseaeceecceeceeseaseecececeenenssaeeeeeees 8 69 8 5 SENSE KEYS USED vr vescedevecsdeccageeg A RE e RE T vevseteaverdesssevecnteates 8 106 8 6 ADDITIONAL SENSE CODES QUALIFIERS USED ccessssseceessececesseeeeessnseecesseeecsenaeees 8 107 8 7 SEND DIAGNOSTICS PARAMETERS sssssssseeececeessssececccecsesesseauececcceceessnseceeeceeeensnseaeees 8 117 8 8 DEFINITION OF PATTERN NUMBERS DEFINITION OF PATTERN NUMBERS 0000000000 8 118 8 9 SENSE KEYS USED 0 5225 cehcessesve thea caves ovens beled wetistecsar see daveuvevens unter bee a N oe etevanseetecdies 8 119 8 10 ADDITIONAL SENSE CODES cccccccccessessscecececeessssscecececceceessaaeceseeeceeseasaeseeseeeeentaaeees 8 119 8 11 MEDIUM CHANGER COMMANDS ccsessssecececeesessecececececsesseaaececececeesensaeeeeeeeesentaaeees 8 131 8 12 MEDIUM CHANGER ELEMENT ADDRESSES ssssscccececsesscssscecececeesenseaeeeeeceeeenteaeees 8 141 A 1 DLT2000 PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS ss cccccccccsesscesecececsesssaececececsesseaeeeeececsessaaeeeeees A 2 xvi DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Table of Contents A 3 DLT2500 MINI LIBRARY PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS c scccccceceesssssceeececeessnseceeececeenees A 7 A 4 DLT2700 MINI LIBRARY PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS cc cccccssceceesseeecessseeeenteeeeeenaes A 8 A 5 DLT2000 TIMING CHARACTERISTICS ccccsss
122. cessccceessseecesssececesscececeaeeeceesseecenseeececsseeeensnaees 8 37 8 21 READ WRITE ERROR LOG SENSE PAGE FORMAT cccccccecssscecesssseeecssscececstseeeesaaees 8 38 8 22 PARAMETER CODES SUPPORTED cssccccssssececssseececssececesseeccecsseecceesseecenssseeeenssaeenenaees 8 39 8 23 THRESHOLD MET CRITERIA ccccccceessscecesscececnsececeessececcnsesececnseeecsesuececsssseceensseeeeenaees 8 40 8 24 LAST N ERROR EVENTS PAGE ccccssscecesscececsseeecessaeeeceesscececseeeceesaeeecsssseesenseeeensaaees 8 41 8 25 PARAMETER CODES SUPPORTED sc cccccscecsessssscecececeensaecececeececsessaaeeeeeeeceessaeeeeeeeeeenes 8 42 8 26 READ WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO PAGE HEADER ccccccecssscecessseceecessceceessseeeesnaees 8 42 8 27 READ WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO LOG SENSE PAGE FORMAT c ccceesssceeeesseeee 8 43 8 28 READ WRITE BYTES TRANSFERRED LOG SENSE PAGE FORMAT cccsscceeeeeseeee 8 44 8 29 MODE SELECT GCDB ts ecccu ds cceds soescovduscedas cists decccvtesstete oddesoesbestents e es an aR eose 8 46 8 30 MODE SELECT PARAMETER LIST ccccccccessceceessececesssececssseeccsesaeeccnssseeeenssesessaaees 8 47 8 31 MODE SELECT PAGES SUPPORTED ccccssscecesssececesscececssececcecssececesssecesssseseseaaees 8 50 8 32 CONTROL MODE PAGE OAH ccccccssccesscesscecesecesseecescceseeeecsaeceeeecsaeceeeecsaeceeeeeaeensees 8 51 8 33 DATA COMPRESSION PAGE cssccccesssccecssececeensececessseceecssececsessece
123. ch the current density of the media or will be set to zero if the density is unknown e 00h use default density e OAh 6667 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3B5 86 199 Read only CompacTape e 16h 10000 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3 193 1990 Read only CompacTape ID e 17h 42500 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3B5 91 174 2 6 GB CompacTape IIT e 18h Same as 17h but with 56 track pairs vs 24 6 0 GB CompacTape IIT e 19h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 10 GB CompacTape III e 7Fh No change from previous density NOP 8 48 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface e 80h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 10 GB CompacTape III Without compression e 81h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 GB CompacTape III With compression Note 1 IfEEROM parameter EnaThirdPtyDens is set which is true by default Mode Select command does not reject non supported density code The third party density code Selected is translated into default density code i e 00h 2 Default density is the optimum density supported by the specific media For CompacTape III it is 20 GB with compression Number of Blocks This MODE SENSE field will be sent as zero indicating that all of the remaining logical blocks on the tape will have the medium characteristics specified by the block descriptor Block Length This specifies the length in bytes of each logical block tran
124. cleaning turns on again when you reload he data cartridge Off Operating Condition Tape is write protected Tape is write enabled Tape is moving Tape is loaded ready for use Drive head needs cleaning or the tape is bad Section 3 8 Cleaning tape attempted to clean the drive head but the tape expired so cleaning was not done Problem data cartridge Try another cartridge Cleaning is complete or cleaning is unnecessary 3 14 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive Table 3 4 Determining the Drive s Operating Condition cont d Label Color State Operating Condition Light Left Front Panel Operate Handle All four right side lights or all left side lights 2 6 6 0 10 0 Compress Density Override Green Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow On Off On Blinking On Blinking On Blinking On default Blinking Off default Blinking Okay to operate the cartridge insert release handle Do not operate the cartridge insert release handle POST is starting An error has occurred See Table 2 4 DLT2000 Troubleshooting Chart Tape is recorded in 2 6 format Tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT Tape is recorded in 6 0 format Tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write ROM BOT Tape is recorded in 10 0
125. corrupted image file or 2 the file is built improperly 3 And you should Press the Unload button to unload the tape cartridge from the drive Press the Open button to open the magazine door Remove the magazine and close the door The mini library does an elevator scan Open the door again The message LDR RDY displays Verify you have the valid image for your drive type variant in the magazine Ensure the image copied to the tape cartridge is using a block size of 4096 Try the code update procedure again using the valid tape image If you still cannot do the update call your service representative 7 12 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape Table 7 2 Results DLT2500 Code Update Cont d This means e The tape cartridge with the valid update image is not readable e A power failure occurs during the code update The drive may be unusable And you should Press the Unload button to unload the tape cartridge from the drive Press the Open button to open the magazine door Remove the magazine and close the door The mini library does an elevator scan Open the door again The message LDR RDY displays Rebuild the valid image on a good cartridge Try the code update procedure again using the valid tape image If you still cannot do the update call your service representative Try unloading the cartridge from the drive as described in
126. csssseceenseseceeaeeeessnaecs 8 53 8 34 DEVICE CONFIGURATION PAGE FORMAT ccsccccesssececesscececsseeeceesaeeccnssseeeensseeessaaees 8 55 8 35 DISCONNECT RECONNECT PAGE FORMAT cccccccesssscecessceceensececesssececenseeeceeaeeeenssaees 8 58 8 36 DATA TRANSFER DISCONNECT CONTROL cssccccesssececesscececsseeeceesaeceecnssseceenseeeessnaees 8 59 8 37 MEDIUM PARTITION PAGE FORMAT cccccceesssceceeseeecesscececsssseececsaceecsssseeeenseeeeeeaaees 8 60 8 38 ERROR RECOVERY PAGE FORMAT ccccsssscecssscecessseeecnsscececcseeecessaeeccnssseceesseeeesenaees 8 61 8 39 EEROM VENDOR UNIQUE PAGE FORMAT cccccccccscsesssssscscceceessssscssececessessssseeseesseeees 8 63 8 40 EEROM VENDOR UNIQUE PAGE EXAMPLE 1 cccsseessccccecsesssessessescsessessesseceseesseeees 8 67 8 41 EEROM VENDOR UNIQUE PAGE EXAMPLE 2 cccsseessccscecsessessesscessessessesseesceeseneees 8 68 8 42 MODE SENSE CDB 6 i csscciccceesscnscecccdsstewsesesdecet soins deceossace sendvedevdetasdesued cdbeateddavesevess 8 70 843 MODE SENSE CDB T0 neninn inpr cescaeci seg cedei ss las a a a 8 71 8 44 MODE SENSE PAGE CONTROL DEFINITION ccccccccssscececssscecessseeecesnsseceesseeeesssaees 8 71 8 45 MODE SENSE 6 DATA HEADER cccscccssccscecsesssessessesssessessscsssescessssssesseesseesesees 8 73 8 46 MODE SENSE 10 DATA HEADER 0 cccccccesscccessececesscececnseceececsaeeecnssseeeenseeeeeeaaees 8 74 8 47 MODE SENSE BLOCK DESCRIPTOR
127. d transfer length a CHECK CONDITION status is returned Within the Sense data the 8 90 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Incorrect Length Indicator ILI bit and Valid bit will be set to one The Sense Key field will be set to NO SENSE The Information Bytes will be set to the difference residue between the requested transfer length and the actual block length or in Fixed Blocked Mode the difference residue between the requested number of blocks and the actual number of blocks read No more than transfer length bytes are transferred to the initiator and the tape is logically positioned after the block EOM side If the drive reads a Filemark it will return a CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense data the Filemark and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key field is set to NO SENSE The Information fields contain the residue count The Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to Filemark Detected Upon termination the media will be logically positioned after the Filemark EOM side If the drive detects EOD during the READ the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense data the Valid bit is set and the Sense Key field is set to BLANK CHECK The EOM bit may be set if the drive determines that the tape is positioned past the PSEN marker The information fields contain the residue count The Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are
128. der Idle N A 4 3 bels 5 1 bels Streaming N A 4 9 bels 5 2 bels Sound Pressure Level LPAc Mode DLT2000 DLT2000 DLT2700 Drive Tabletop Loader Idle N A 35 0 dB 34 0 dB Streaming N A 40 0 dB 35 0 dB Table A 28 Acoustic Noise Declaration for German Noise Declaration Law Contd Schallemissionswerte Werteangaben nach ISO 9296 und ISO 7779 DIN EN27779 Schalleistungspegel Schalldruckpegel LwAd B LpAm dBA Zuschauerpositionen Gerat Leerlauf Betrieb Leerlauf Betrieb TH3xx 5 5 45 TH3Bx 932 5 3 39 40 TH3Ex 5 5 5 6 33 33 TH3Fx 5 5 5 6 33 33 A 22 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Table A 28 Acoustic Noise Declaration for German Noise Declaration Law Cont d Generic Product Option Description Numbers TH3xx DLT2000 drive TH3Bx DLT2000 table top drive TH3Ex DLT2700 cartridge rackmount loader TH3Fx DLT2700 cartridge table top loader DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 23 Technical Specifications A 7 Regulatory Requirements Regulatory requirements include e Safety e Electromagnetic emissions A 7 1 Safety Requirements Safety requirements include e UL1950 Information Technology Including Electrical Business Equipment e CSA C22 2 220 Information Technology Including Electrical Business Equipment e TUV EN60950 Information Technology Including Electrical Business Equipment A 7 2 Electromagnetic Emission Requirements Electromagnetic emission r
129. der transfer assembly e Slots 6 and O drive Note Error lights do not blink During hardware failures the controller module determines action 6 6 2 1 Clearing a DLT2700 Loader Fault When a loader fault occurs the Load Unload and Eject lights are on When you press the Load Unload button the DLT2700 attempts to clear the error When you press Eject the receiver opens to let you access the magazine 6 7 Power Problems If the Power On light is not on or your system does not recognize the DLT2500 DLT2700 subsystem e Ensure the power plug is secure e Verify with your system manager that the subsystem configuration is correct 6 8 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 Firmware Update From Tape 7 1 In This Chapter Chapter 7 includes the following main topics and sections Topic Section DLT2000 Firmware Update Overview 7 2 Creating a Firmware Update Tape 7 3 Firmware Update Procedure 71 4 7 2 DLT2000 Firmware Update Overview Through the use of the front panel the DLT2000 Cartridge Tape Subsystem family can automatically update the controller firmware directly from a tape containing the appropriate information The user places the subsystem into firmware Update Mode via the front panel and then simply load a tape that includes the DLT2000 firmware image file The subsystem automatically reads and verifies the tape information has a valid DLT2000 firmware image If the image data passes all
130. dge from the drive to the magazine slot from which it came the cartridge in the next slot is moved from the magazine into the drive and made ready The next slot is No cartridge is loaded into the drive empty or the cartridge unloaded was for the last slot in the magazine 4 6 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 3 Configure and Install the DLT2500 Mini Library This section describes how to configure and install the mini library including e Configuration guidelines e Connecting the SCSI signal cable to the mini library The mini library is factory set to SCSI ID 5 unless otherwise specified 4 3 1 Configuration Guidelines Your system uses the SCSI ID to identify or address the mini library Follow these guidelines when you configure the mini library for your system If you are installing the mini library as Then The only SCSI device on the bus or one of Be sure to use a SCSI ID that is unique multiple SCSI devices on the bus from any other device or system ID on the SCSI bus If you need to change the SCSI ID see the section on setting the SCSI ID later in this chapter The last or only device on the SCSI bus The user must terminate the bus by installing a terminator 4 3 2 Connecting the SCSI Signal Cable to the Mini Library Examine the components on the mini library rear panel Figure 4 3 to complete the physical installation To connec
131. ding write protected CompacTape II cartridges when executing write operations e Selecting the incorrect cartridge slot from which to initialize operations DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 6 3 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT2500 DLT2700 Mini Library 6 4 Avoiding Basic Problems Follow these guidelines when you operate the DLT2500 DLT2700 subsystem to avoid basic problems e Use CompacTape III cartridges e Check the tape leader in the cartridge by lifting the cartridge latch that opens the door to expose the leader Be sure the leader is in the same position as the one shown in Figure 6 1 Caution Do not touch the exposed magnetic tape If the tape leader is not in the correct position use a new cartridge e Be sure the receiver is fully closed and the current slot indicator is on for the starting cartridge e Be sure no slots in the magazine are empty between the starting cartridge and the expected completion cartridge Cartridge Leader Door Lock Release by lifting door lock with thumb MLO 012718 Figure 6 1 Opening the Cartridge Door to Check the Tape Leader 6 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT2500 DLT2700 Mini Library 6 5 DLT2500 Error Conditions Error indications fall into these main categories e Magazine Error e Loader Error e Drive Error e Controller Error e Unknown Error 6 5 1 DLT2500 Magazine Error
132. e The internal status code is located at byte offset 18 of the request sense data and may be available after certain types of failures Note This byte has two formats a byte code and a bit flags format The bit flags format is used when there is no internal status code to report and can be distinguished by bit 7 being set Table B 1 Internal Status Code Dec Hex Description No meaning Reed Solomon Error Correction Code recovery Read or write block retry soft retry Reposition command aborted Controller has stopped reading No control or data buffers available nun fPWNeK CO nun FP WNeK CO Target delivered in read ahead DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem B 1 Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information Dec Hex 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 0A 11 OB 12 0C 13 OD 14 OE 15 OF 16 10 17 11 18 12 19 13 20 14 21 15 22 16 23 17 24 18 25 19 26 1A 27 1B 28 1C 29 1D 30 1E 31 1F 32 20 33 21 34 22 35 23 36 24 37 25 38 26 39 27 Table B 1 Internal Status Code cont d Description Logical EOT encountered 2 file marks Command connection dropped Cleared from queue Missing data block tead only Gap within object missing blocks in record Record on tape larger than requested Compare error Successive blocks missing across objects Drive state not valid for command Drive error Drive communication timeout error Drive unloaded Unable to write no CRC Block to append to not found Data
133. e Delay tape cartridge extraction by one to two seconds to avoid this problem 3 Remove the cartridge 4 Push the handle closed 3 24 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive ZKO 1217 09 DG Figure 3 9 Unloading a Cartridge DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 25 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 10 Preserving Cartridges For longer life of recorded or unrecorded cartridges store cartridges in a clean environment with these conditions Do not drop or bang the cartridge This can displace the tape leader making the cartridge unusable and possibly damaging the drive Keep tape cartridges out of direct sunlight and away from heaters and other heat sources Store tape cartridges in temperatures between 10 C and 40 C 50 F to 104 F For longer cartridge life always store the cartridge in its plastic container and in room environment conditions of 72 F 7 F 22 C 4 C If the tape cartridge has been exposed to heat or cold extremes stabilize the cartridge at room temperature for the same amount of time it was exposed up to 24 hours Do not place cartridges near electromagnetic interference sources such as terminals motors and video or X ray equipment Data on the tape can be altered Store tape cartridges in a dust free environment where the relative humidity is between 20 and 80 For longer cartridge l
134. e Illegal Request 5 1A 00 Parameter List Length Error 20 00 Illegal Opcode 21 01 Invalid Element Address 24 00 Invalid CDB Field 24 81 Invalid mode on write buffer 24 82 Media in drive 24 84 Insufficient resources 24 86 Invalid offset 24 87 Invalid size 24 89 Image data over limit 24 8B Image personality is bad 24 8C Not immediate command DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem C 3 Sense Key Information 24 8D Bad drive server image EDC 24 8E Invalid personality for code update 24 8F Bad controller image EDC 25 00 Illegal LUN 26 00 Parameter List Error invalid field 26 01 Parameter List Error parameter not supported 26 02 Parameter List Error parameter value invalid 39 00 Saving parameters not supported 3B OD Media Destination Element Full 3B OE Media Source Element Empty 3D 00 Invalid Bits in ID Message 53 02 Media Removal Prevented 82 00 Not allowed if not at BOT e Unit Attention 6 28 00 Not Ready To Ready Transition 29 00 Reset occurred 2A 01 Mode Parameters changed 2A 02 Log Parameters changed 3F 01 Microcode has been changed 5B 01 Log Threshold condition met e Data Protected 7 27 80 Hardware Write Protect 27 82 Data Safety Write Protect e Blank Check 8 00 05 EOD Encountered e Command Aborted Bh 43 00 Message error 44 82 Command Complete sequence failure 45 00 Select Reselect Failure C 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Sense Key Information 47 00 SCSI pari
135. e DLT2500 Mini Library 4 9 2 Data Protection If you move the cartridge write protect switch to the left and then load the tape the WP write protect message displays Table 4 4 describes what happens to data protection when you move the write protect switch before you load the cartridge Table 4 4 Before Loading the Cartridge If you move the write protect switch Then To the left the tape is write protected Data cannot be written to the tape with the orange indicator showing To the right the tape is write enabled Data can be written to the tape if it is not software write protected DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 21 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 10 Description of the Magazine The front of the magazine has numbers 0 through 4 to indicate each slot number NOTE Insert and remove all cartridges at the front of the magazine MLO 012004 Magazine Handle Cartridge Slots Figure 4 7 DLT2500 Magazine 4 22 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 10 1 Inserting a Cartridge into the Front of the Magazine Before cartridge insertion l Grasp the cartridge with the write protect switch on the right side facing you 2 Set the cartridge s write protect switch to the desired position If you want to Then Write to the tape Slide the switch to the right orange indicator is not visible
136. e Slide the switch to the left orange indicator is tape visible 3 Insert the cartridge Figure 5 4 by pushing it into the slot until you hear a click A small metal tab holds the cartridge in place 5 20 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library ORANGE INDICATOR WRITE PROTECT SWITCH WRITE ENABLED WRITE PROTECTED ZKO 1217 04 DG Figure 5 3 Write Protect Switch on a Cartridge DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 21 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library BACK OF __ MAGAZINE NOTE Push tape in j gt until a click is heard FRONT OF SLOT MAGAZINE NUMBERS 0 6 ZKO 1217 05 DG Figure 5 4 nserting a Cartridge into the Magazine 5 22 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 5 9 2 Removing a Cartridge from the Magazine To remove a cartridge from the magazine at the front of the magazine press in on the cartridge Figure 5 5 until it stops and you hear a click Then release The slot has a spring release action Note Never apply labels to the top or bottom of tape cartridges Doing so can cause cartridge jams in the DLT2700 subsystem Use the space on the front of the cartridge for labels 5 9 3 Removing the Magazine from the Receiver To remove the magazine from the receiver first ensure 1 The Power On light is on Figure
137. e Specifications Section A 3 describes performance specifications including Topic Section Nominal Tape Tension A 3 1 DLT2000 Timing Characteristics A 3 2 DLT2700 Media Loader Timing A 3 4 Characteristics A 3 1 Nominal Tape Tension Nominal tape tension is 3 0 1 oz when stationary 4 7 1 oz at operating speed A 3 2 DLT2000 Timing Characteristics Table A 5 lists timing characteristics of the DLT2000 tape drive Table A 5 DLT2000 Timing Characteristics Read Write Tape speed 110 in sec RewindTape speed 150 in sec search Linear Search Tape speed 150 in sec search Average rewind time 60 sec Maximum rewind time 120 sec Average access time from BOT 45 sec Maximum access time from BOT 90 sec Load to BOT previously written 48 sec if using a blank tape time is slightly longer Unload from BOT 17 sec DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 11 Technical Specifications A 3 3 DLT2500xt Media Loader Timing Characteristics Table A 6 lists timing characteristics of the DLT2500xt media loader Table A 6 DLT2500xt Media Loader Timing Characteristics Nominal magazine scan 12 0 sec Move cartridge slot to drive 11 4 sec Move cartridge drive to slot 17 1 sec Error recovery 51 0 sec Load media on to drive amp ready for 48 0 sec T O processing Unload media from drive to 17 0 sec cartridge from BOT A 3 4 DLT2700 Media Loader Timing Characteristics Table A 7 lists timing characteristics of the DLT27
138. e Unload button on the drive front panel and hold the button about 6 seconds until the Write Protect indicator blinks This means the DLT2000 subsystem has recognized your request for firmware update mode and is waiting for the sequence to complete DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 5 Firmware Update From Tape If the Write Protect indicator does not blink check that 1 POST passed 2 The drive is unloaded 3 The drive handle is in the down position c Then release the Unload button and press the button again within 4 seconds The second press should take less than 1 second d The Tape in Use and the Write Protect indicators blink showing the tape subsystem recognizes the firmware update mode has been selected e Ifselecting the firmware update mode is not successful for example pressing the button the second time takes longer than one second the Write Protect indicator should stop blinking within several seconds Try the procedure again If the drive and controller are not properly communicating you cannot select firmware update 3 Once you have selected the firmware update mode insert a cartridge into the drive which a Temporarily turns off the Tape in Use and Write Protect indicators Note Calibration and directory processing cause the tape to move for a few minutes before data is actually read b Automatically reads the cartridge c Examines the data d Verifies the data is a v
139. e and returns the cartridge to its original slot Then opens the magazine door 4 10 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library Table 4 2 lists the display messages you can see during operation Table 4 2 Display Messages Display Message Tells you WP The cartridge in the drive is write protected by one of these methods e The write protect switch on the cartridge is set to the write protect position e Host software write protect qualifiers DRV ACT Tape is reading or writing DRV RDY A cartridge is in the drive and the tape is not moving DRV REW Tape is rewinding HC Use cleaning tape LDR RDY Power is on and no cartridge is in the drive LDR ACT Loader is moving a cartridge ERR MAG The status of cartridges reported by the loader and the drive is inconsistent ERR LDR A loader transfer assembly error occurred ERR DRV A drive error occurred ERR CTL A controller error occurred ERR UNK An error of unknown origin occurred SLOT 0 The current slot containing the cartridge Each current SLOT 1 slot number flashes in the display when its corresponding SLOT 2 cartridge moves to or from the drive Also used with the SLOT 3 ERR MAG or ERR LDR message to show the type of SLOT 4 vans DNS SEL The mini library is in Density Select mode DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 11 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library Table 4 2 Display Mess
140. e drive performs the power on self test POST The sequence of events is 3 12 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Stage Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive Table 3 2 POST Sequence of Events What Happens The lights on the right front panel turn on sequentially from top to bottom All lights stay on for a few seconds The lights on the left front panel turn on at the same time for about three seconds and then turn off The green Operate Handle the orange Write Protected and the yellow Use Cleaning Tape lights turn off The yellow Tape in Use light blinks while the tape drive initializes After initialization the drive is in one of the following four states Drive State Indicator Displays and Actions a No cartridge is present 1 The yellow Tape in Use light turns off 2 The green Operate Handle light turns on 3 The handle is unlatched 4 The drive beeps momentarily You can now raise the handle and insert a cartridge b A cartridge is present The drive loads the cartridge When the yellow and the handle is down Tape In Use light stops blinking and stays on the tape s actual density lights For example if the actual tape density is 2 6 GB then the light turns on next to the 2 6 label When Density Override blinks you can select a density The drive is ready for use See Section 3 4 c A cartridge is present The yellow Tape In Use light turns off The but the handle is up n
141. e operation go to STATUS phase or go to bus free and prepare Sense Data see section 6 1 1 in the SCSI 2 specification Retrying of parity errors during Data Out Phase when writing is normally not done but can be enabled by changing the EnaParErrRetry parameter in the VU EEROM Mode Page This feature is not enabled by default because of negative impacts on device performance the data stream on writes cannot be pipelined as well DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 7 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 3 SCSI Message System The message system allows communication between an initiator and a target for the purpose of physical path management To support certain SCSI 1 initiators an Identify message is not required by the DLT2000 If a message is sent by the initiator after the SELECTION phase it should be an IDENTIFY ABORT or BUS DEVICE RESET message If the DLT2000 receives any other message in this case it will go directly to BUS FREE phase The following messages are supported Code 06 Out 0D Out 0C Out OE Out 00 In 04 In 01 Both 08 FF Both 05 Out 0A In OB In 09 Out 07 Both 08 Out 03 In 02 In Table 8 1 Supported SCSI Messages In Out Description ABORT ABORT TAG BUS DEVICE RESET CLEAR QUEUE COMMAND COMPLETE DISCONNECT EXTENDED MESSAGE SDTR only and wide Data Transfer Request See note IDENTIFY INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE w flag MESSAGE PARITY ERROR
142. e specifications A 11 EEROM Packets Last n Error Events D 1 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs D 1 EEROM vendor unique page 8 63 8 88 Eject button 5 17 cartridge in drive 5 19 no cartridge in drive 5 19 Electromagnetic emission requirements A 24 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Electromagnetic emissions A 19 Electromagnetic interference EMI A 19 Element address assignment page 8 140 Element status data header 8 134 Embedded Diagnostics 1 3 EMI electromagnetic interference A 19 ERASE 8 16 Error events 8 41 ESD failure level limits A 22 Event Log packets D 4 Directory Failure Event Logs D 5 Failure level limits ESD A 22 Fast transient voltage data cables A 21 power cables A 21 Firmware update 1 3 Firmware update 7 1 Firmware update tape creating 7 4 Firmware update tape creating on UN X 7 4 Firmware update on DLT2500 loader 7 10 Firmware update on DLT2700 loader 7 14 Firmware update on drive DLT2000 7 5 Front panel controls 3 10 Front panel indicators 3 10 Front panel density select 4 15 G Guidelines DLT2700 configuration 5 3 for configuration 2 4 for installation 2 2 H Header and data mode 8 127 High energy transient voltage power cables A 21 Host selection density 4 16 Humidity Environmental specifications A 13 Index Indicators beeper 3 11 description 3 11 front panel 3 10 how to interpret 3 14 INITIALIZE ELEMENT ST
143. e the SCSI bus is terminated Use an ac outlet for the DLT2000 on the same ac line powering the system After taking the action listed in Table 2 4 power on the DLT2000 to rerun POST If all right or left side lights blink again you most likely have a hardware failure DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 11 Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive 2 12 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Chapter 3 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 1 In This Chapter The configuration section in this chapter applies to the basic drive without the SCSI ID switchpack and power supply Chapter 2 applies to configuring the tabletop Chapter 3 includes these main topics and sections Topic Before You Install the DLT2000 Drive Overview of the Front Panel Selecting Density Description of Controls and Indicators Description of the Tape Cartridge Loading a Cartridge Using the Cleaning Tape Cartridge Unloading a Cartridge Preserving Cartridges 3 2 Before You Install the DLT2000 Drive Section 3 2 includes Topic Disabling Parity Checking Changing the SCSI ID Setting the TRM ENB TRM PWR jumpers Locating the SCSI Cable and Power Connectors Section 3 2 3 4 3 3 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 Section 3 2 1 322 3 2 3 3 2 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 1 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 2 1 Disabling Parity
144. e the Unload button and press the button again within 4 seconds The second press should be less than 1 second 7 14 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape e The Tape in Use and the Write Protect indicators blink showing the subsystem recognizes the firmware update mode has been selected f Ifselecting firmware update mode is not successful for example because of not pushing the Unload button properly the second time the Write Protect indicator should stop blinking within several seconds Try the procedure again Once you have selected the firmware update mode press the OCP EJECT button twice which causes the receiver door to open The Write Protect and Tape In Use indicators stop blinking even though the subsystem is still in Update mode Place a magazine with the Firmware Update Tape in the first slot in the loader receiver and close the receiver The remainder of the update procedure goes faster if the magazine contains only the firmware update cartridge But the procedure still works if other cartridges are present Press the Load Unload button to load the Firmware Update Tape into the drive Once you have selected the firmware update mode the drive a Automatically reads the tape Note Calibration and directory processing cause the tape to move for a few minutes before data is actually read b Examines the data c Verifies the data is a valid DLT2700 firmware image
145. eady for operation All the events did not take POST failed You should see the message LDR RST place loader reset display 1 Verify you terminated the SCSI bus 2 Turn the mini library power off and then on again If POST still does not succeed call your service representative 4 8 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 5 Operator Control Panel The operator control panel OCP has 4 pushbuttons Figure 4 5 and Table 4 1 T Display Select Load Open Mode Unload O O Figure 4 5 Mini Library Operator Control Panel DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 9 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library Table 4 1 lists each button and its function Table 4 1 Mini Library Operator Control Panel Button Function Display Mode Puts the mini library in Normal Density Select or SCSI ID Select mode Select e Selects SCSI ID and density e Moves in increments the current slot number on the display to the next slot number Load Unload e Loads the currently selected cartridge into the tape drive e Unloads the cartridge currently in the tape drive e Resets the mini library if a loader error has occurred When the ERR LDR message displays press the Load Unload button to reset the mini library Open e Opens the magazine door to access the magazine for loading and unloading cartridges e Unloads the cartridge currently in the tape driv
146. ecesecesecaecnaecsaeeaeeeas 3 11 3 5 4 Indicator Action during Power On Self Test and Operation eee 3 12 3 6 DESCRIPTION OF THE TAPE CARTRIDGE cccsssccssssesscecseceeeeecsaeseeeeeessaeceseeeesseceseeeesaeens 3 17 3 6 1 Cartridge Write Protect SWitCh eee cece cseeereeeeeeeeeeeseesecesecssecsaecnaecnaeeaeeeas 3 17 3 6 2 Data Protection yes iissteihcisss bes Sanwatecdvedegocnentecede subdue dewsesnn r E A auadebsesoveseatanscabe 3 19 3 7 LOADING A CARTRIDGE ss ces r sae cavepecesevinens secs E E E ara mem EE E et 3 20 Be hol Tape In USE viiren ear r er T E Apa ea elie aaa 3 22 3 8 USING THE CLEANING TAPE CARTRIDGE cccsscceceesceceessececeesececseseeeeesseeeeseeseeeesseneeenens 3 23 3 9 UNLOADING A CARTRIDGE ssccesecsseesseeseeseeeeccesecesecesnecenecaeecaeceneseneeseesereeseeseenseeeaeenaes 3 24 3 10 PRESERVING CARTRIDGES cesccsecsceeseeeseeeseeeeesecesaeceaecnaecaeecaeeeaeeeneseeeeeeeeeeeeenaeenaes 3 26 CHAPTER 4 CONFIGURING AND OPERATING THE DLT2500 MINI LIBRARY 4 1 IN THIS CHAPTER corer aoreet reeta oe EEV eE eree REE EREE AEE EERTE e RETE Err eRT ir iese 4 1 4 2 INTRODUCTION TO THE MINI LIBRARY csecccceesececseseecessececeeaececseeeeeeesaeeecseaeeesseeeeeess 4 6 4 3 CONFIGURE THE DLE TZS OO ar eiee eee ner CSa ra E E EN EN A EEEE E RE 4 7 4 3 1 Configuration guidelines eee ee ceeceseceecssecseecaeecseeeneeeeeeseeeseeeseesecaecsaessaeaee 4 7 4 3 2 Connecting the SCSI Signal Cable 0 eee ceeeeceeeceeec
147. ecuted immed If the Immediate bit is set to zero the target will not return status until the selected operation has completed If the bit is set to one status will be returned as soon as the operation has been initiated Long The Long bit controls the distance to be erased If the bit is set filler and EOD blocks will be written if needed and then the entire rest of the tape will be erased Note This command is an NOP on the DLT2000 unless the Long bit is set Issuing the ERASE command away from BOT is an ILLEGAL REQUEST 8 16 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 4 INQUIRY 12h Bit AENA operas C Figure 8 4 INQUIRY CDB INQUIRY tells the drive to send information regarding the device s parameters to the initiator The INQUIRY command executes normally even if the specified LUN is not attached INQUIRY returns a Check Condition status only when the target cannot return the requested Inquiry data If INQUIRY is received from an initiator with a pending UNIT ATTENTION condition before the drive reports CHECK CONDITION status the target will perform the INQUIRY and will not clear the UNIT ATTENTION condition EVPD The DLT2000 implements the Vital Product Data pages option on LUNs 0 and the optional medium loader LUN Page Code There are three Vital Product Data pages implemented 00h Supported Vital Product Data pages 80h Unit Serial Number page COh Code Build Information
148. ed on the previous command The sense data bytes are preserved by the target until retrieved by the REQUEST SENSE command or until the receipt of any other command from the same initiator If the drive receives an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE then it returns Sense Data with the appropriate values in the EOM Sense Key Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier The positional information provided reflects the logical position of the drive The drive returns information based on the nondiagnostic data still in its buffer as well as the data on tape REQUEST SENSE does not cause the drive to flush its buffered data to tape Therefore if the host requires the exact physical positioning of the media it should precede the REQUEST SENSE with a WRITE FILEMARKS with length 0 immed 0 command which forces the drive to flush any currently buffered data to tape A subsequent REQUEST SENSE will return the actual physical and logical position of the drive to the initiator Allocation Length The Allocation Length specifies the maximum number of sense bytes to be returned The drive terminates the transfer when Allocation Length bytes have been transferred or when all available sense data has been transferred to the host whichever is less DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 101 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 18 1 Sense Information Format Bit TE MGs Moe sa e 2 Th 0 Valid Error Code 1 Information Bytes Additional
149. ed with the LINK bit set Following the return of this status the drive will proceed to the COMMAND phase for the transfer of the next linked command RESERVATION CONFLICT 18h This status is returned by the drive whenever a SCSI device attempts to access the drive when it has been reserved for another initiator with a RESERVE UNIT command COMMAND TERMINATED 22h This is the status returned for a command that was terminated by a TERMINATE I O PROCESS message This status also indicates that a contingent allegiance condition has occurred DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 5 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Note In contrast to the BUSY status condition the DRIVE NOT READY Sense Key is returned as part of the Sense data following a REQUEST SENSE command and indicates that a media access command has been issued and the media is not ready to be accessed for example the media is not installed the media has been unloaded the drive is currently initializing the media to prepare it for access and so forth In the not ready state the initiator cannot perform any operation which would cause tape motion for example write read verify space and so forth These commands will return a CHECK CONDITION status with a DRIVE NOT READY sense key The initiator may however execute commands that do not require access to the media and a GOOD status may be returned These commands are as follows These commands are as follows INQUIRY
150. eeececeeesenseaeeeeeens 8 21 8 7 SUPPORTED VITAL PRODUCT DATA PAGES ccssssssececsessssscececececsensecaeceecceceensneeeeeeeees 8 22 8 8 UNIT SERIAL NUMBER PAGE cccccccccsesessscecececeesenseaeceeecceceesenaececececseseaaeaesececsenenssaeeeeeens 8 23 8 9 FIRMWARE BUILD INFORMATION PAGE ccccceessssscecececeeseucceceeececceesssaecesccsesensaeeeeeeeees 8 23 xii DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Table of Contents 8 10 LOAD UNLOAD CDB sischcies olen a led ea eaten Rae ee as 8 25 8 11 LOCATE CBB scoitte ahi aleec a a aAa a a 8 27 8 12 LOG SELECT CDB 000 cccceccccccccccccesssccecesesceceeseeecessaececneeeceessececsessececnseseceesaeeeensaaees 8 28 8 13 LOG PAGE CONTROL DEFINITIONG 0 cccccccecssscecessseeecesscececssseeceesaeeecsssseeeenseeeeeenaees 8 29 8 14 GEEARABIR LOG PAGES A E tae dad ov ee de sus ea teseeenn gus taseas 8 30 8 15 READ WRITE ERRROR LOG SELECT PAGE FORMAT ccccccccssscecesseceecsssceceessseeeesnaees 8 31 8 16 PARAMETER CODES SUPPORTED cssccccssssececssscecesseeccessceceeeneeeceesaeeecnssseeeesssesessaaees 8 32 8 17 LOG SENSED GDB r tock cuwtsedbcncensssnecdecotne Boose te hut recoeuses the ann Sienie 8 34 8 18 LOG PAGE CONTROL DEFINITIONS ccceesessececececsessssscecececeeceesseaeeeeceeceeseaeeeeeceeeenes 8 35 8 19 LOG SENSE PAGES SUPPORTED ccccssccceessscecesssececeseeececesseeecessseceenseseceenseeeensnaees 8 36 8 20 SUPPORTED PAGES PAGE FORMALT cc
151. eeeeceeseseaeseeeeeeeenseaaees 1 3 CHAPTER 2 INSTALLING AND CONFIGURING THE DLT2000 2 1 IN THIS CHAPTER EEE hacks Senate BR Ait Beast Ped RA an and ALR 2 1 2 2 PREPARE FOR THE INSTALLATION cccssssscecsssceceessececesssececssececeeseeecssssececssseeesensseeenssaeees 2 1 2 2 1 BETOre OU EO I 1 EAO deed Ses oc toes ds Sewazetto tn do Se hata can end E E ES 2 1 2 22 Installation S Gtup esen eneee ebeo nne aiie SOEK ck sobs eee a iets Eesaia 2 2 PP Eo TAN 1 AE EE E A el tee Ue E N 2 2 PRAESTA EI T leI KT TE EE E E E E E T E EAA 2 2 2 3 INSTALL THE SUBSYSTEM a a a E A EE A Eo EE AE E 2 4 2 4 CONFIGURE THE DLT2000 TABLETOP ccccccccssscecesssececsssceceessececeesseeecssseeceeneecenssaeees 2 4 2 4 1 Configuration Guidelines eee ceceeceseceseceseceseceecaeeeseseaeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeseeeseenaees 2 4 2 4 2 DISABLE PARITY Checking eccccecscessceescessceseceeeesecaecaecseecaeecaeeeaeeeneesneeenees 2 5 243 Changing the SCSI ID sctais ssveuscesi alii sebeuecwnsgith ini edoev ten E easton elias 2 5 2 5 CONNECT THE CABLES e305 oa based eledecebes saan E a See eae eR ah oa ee Se 2 5 2 5 1 Examine the DLT2000 Rear Panel ccccccccccccscscecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesueeeseseeeeesaeees 2 6 2 5 2 Connect the SCSI Signal Cable 0 0000 se ssesecssecseoeseesneecoereoesesenseseonsesnenssvnsseneossess 2 6 2 5 3 Terminate the SCSI BUS heresies ire oe enregar iere saa ae neeaae eseina 2 7 2 5 4 Connect the Power Cord Ar eaaa ea ear
152. eeeeeseees 8 97 8 4 16 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS 1h 2 ceeecesecesecnsecneeeneeeee 8 99 8 4 17 RELEASE UNIT 7b 2 s cccce siete tent eeis Eaa atest AEE TNS 8 100 8 4 17 1 Medium Changer Considerations 0 0 0 0 ce eeeeeeeseeesecesecesecnsecnseeneeseeeees 8 100 4518 REQUEST SENSE O3b i 5 se0sscsspecneheitivsutentne aunetse nei nist A cade tees 8 101 8 4 18 1 Sense Information Format ccc eecceseceeseeceseeeeseeceeeceeeneeceaeeeeaeecsaeeenees 8 102 84 19 RESERVE UNIT TON cnn iii ih ie inl iis ih anes 8 112 8 4 19 1 Medium Changer Considerations 0 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeceeeecesecesecnsecseeeeseeeees 8 113 8 4 20 3RE WIND OUD aipee oeren e nore aare aE segs edotteches tases sedeegseuvecnepstnes 8 114 8 4 21 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1Dh oe eee cece ceseceeceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneesseenaes 8 115 84 22 SPACE TIB eene E a alent dedi aie aes 8 120 8 4 23 TEST UNIT READY OOD occiorient ri i a i ra 8 122 8 4 23 1 Medium Changer Considerations 0 0 0 0 cece eeeeeseesecesecesecesecaeeeeeseeeees 8 122 SA 24 VERIFY 13h 2 itis arcs shies dst aae nE ON Ses Shenae Ahetd oloes 8 123 8420 WRITE OAD soa tose aig aos ela S Ries ie he ae Beas 8 124 8 4 26 WRITE BUFFER 3Bh i ssscsesecsoetsc atcotasassdesshevenehcetsstseetoet saves sedavnsessessasveeeests 8 126 8 4 26 1 Header and Data Mode 0 ee eeeeeesceceseeeeeeceseeeenceccsaeeeeaeeceaeeeeaeecsaeeesaees 8 127 842622 Write Data eioan ois ee rera EEE EEEE EE AO EEEE E E EE A 8 127 8
153. en to tape Upon a Bus Reset or when a Bus Reset message is received the cached blocks or filemarks are flushed to the tape WSmk If this bit is set the tape drive writes a save set mark to tape instead of a Filemark Since Setmarks are not supported by the DLT2000 this field must be zero Immed If this bit is set the drive returns status as soon as the command descriptor block has been validated unless the filemark count is zero or greater than since both cause the write buffer to be flushed to media An Immed bit of zero indicates the status will not be returned until the operation is complete Number of Filemarks This is the number of consecutive marks to be written to tape A value of zero is not considered an error and GOOD status is returned This command may be used to force the drive to write any buffered write data to the tape If the drive is in Buffered mode and WRITE FILEMARKS is received the requested Filemarks are appended to the data and the write buffer is flushed to tape A zero value in the Number of Filemarks field indicates that no Filemarks are to be written to the tape but still flushes any write data to tape If EOT is detected while writing Filemarks the drive finishes writing any buffered data and terminates with CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense data the EOM bit is set the Sense Key field is set to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code and DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 129
154. ent Status CDB This command causes the medium changer to initialize the element status 8 132 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 5 2 READ ELEMENT STATUS B8h Bit 7 fe b k bh k h Jo 0 Operation Code B8h Element type Code MSB Starting Element Address LSB Number of Elements Reserved Allocation Length All element types reported valid in CDB only Medium Transport Element Storage Element magazine slot Import Export Element not supported Data Transfer Element tape drive reserved Figure 8 85 Element Type Code Definitions The format of Element Status data is defined in the SCSI 2 specification The following sections show the information returned for the medium changer The Element Status data is made up of a header and one or more Status Pages for each element type The Status Pages are made up of a header and one or more element descriptors one for each element address The data shown assumes the CDB was specified in such a way that all descriptors for a given element type would be returned The Primary and Alternate Volume Tag functions are not supported so the flags indicating these functions in the Element Status Pages below are always set to zero DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 133 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 5 2 1 Element Status Data Header Bit 7 fe bh kh bk k h b 0 MSB First Element Address Reported Number of Elements Reported L
155. ention when a threshold condition is met 1 Return Unit Attention when a threshold condition is met Queue Algorithm Modifier The value returned for this field is 0 8 78 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface QErr Queue Error The value returned for this field is 0 DQue Disable Queuing The value returned for this field is 0 EECA Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance The DLT2000 does not support extended contingent allegiance so the value returned for this field is 0 RAENP Ready AEN Permission The DLT2000 does not support asynchronous event notification AEN so the value returned for this field is 0 UAAENP Unit Attention AEN Permission The DLT2000 does not support asynchronous event notification so the value returned for this field is 0 EAENP Error AEN Permission The DLTOOOxt does not support asynchronous event notification so the value returned for this field is 0 Ready AEN Holdoff Period The DLT2000 does not support asynchronous event notification so the value returned for this field is 0 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 79 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 4 Device Configuration Page 10h The drive shall support the Device Configuration Page which has the following format Bit pee he fe wells ied Pes fe een o MSB Write Delay Time DBR BIS AVC RBO REW CO MSB Buffer Size at Early Warning optional LSB Select Data Comp
156. equirements include FCC Part 15 Class A EN55022 A EN55082 A CISPR22 A VCCi Class 1 and 2 CEmark Class A A 24 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 8 Drive Reliability Factors Table A 29 lists the reliability factors Design life Head life MTBF Tape life Technical Specifications Table A 29 Reliability Factors Seven years 10 000 tape motion hours 80 000 hours 500 000 passes Design life statistics provide the point at which statistical failure rate begins to rise Continuous operation under severe stress envelope with CompacTape media Quantum Corporation does not warrant that predicted MTBF is representative of any particular unit installed for customer use Actual figures vary from unit to unit DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 25 Technical Specifications A 9 CompacTape Recording Media Specifications Table A 30 lists the media characteristics Table A 30 CompacTape Recording Media Specifications CompactTape Ill Description Quantity Width 0 5 in metal particle Length 1200 ft Cartridge Dimensions 4 1 in x 4 1 in x 1 0 in Shelf Life 30 years min 20 C amp 40 RH non condensing Usage 500 000 passes A 26 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Appendix B Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information B 1 In This Appendix Appendix B lists the internal status codes with their descriptions B 2 Internal Status Cod
157. er the two lines on the write protect switch lets you know that data cannot be written to the tape When the switch is moved to the right the orange rectangle is not visible the tape can be written DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 17 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive Figure 3 7 shows the write protect switch on the tape cartridge ORANGE INDICATOR WRITE PROTECT SWITCH WRITE ENABLED WRITE PROTECTED ZKO 1217 04 DG Figure 3 7 Tape Cartridge 3 18 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 6 2 Data Protection When the cartridge write protect switch is to the left the drive turns on the write protect LED immediately But if the drive is writing to the tape write protect does not take effect until the write completes Table 3 5 describes what happens to data protection when you move the write protect switch before loading the cartridge Table 3 5 Before Loading the Cartridge If you move the write protect switch To the left the tape is write protected the orange indicator on the cartridge shows To the right the tape is write enabled Then Data cannot be written to the tape Data can be written to the tape if it is not software write protected Table 3 6 describes what happens to data protection when you move the write protect switch during operation Table 3 6
158. esecesecesecsaecaecaeeseeeneeees 4 7 4 4 INSTALLATION TESTING EEA Gece hee oS Ate ests ta hen Ati 4 8 AAA Rut POS ETE ERA ETO E EEA S SAEED E EE E EOE 4 8 4 4 2 What to Do after POST irpireerriieree eee i ea e A a E E ae ia 4 8 4 5 OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL 0 cccsssceessscecesssececssssececseseecsesaeeecsesseeecsesaecsesaeeecseaaeeeseeaaeeees 4 9 4 O KEY LOCK s cccctteid ak nether he lie ne ied nis ieee hr cette 4 13 4 6 1 OCP locked or OCP Disabled ccccccccccccccecssssssscecececsenssececcesceesesnsaeeeeeesenes 4 13 4 6 2 OCP Unlocked or Ennabled ccccssssessscceceseenscecccececesceensceucesececesnsacecsccseeenee 4 13 4 6 3 SCS ID Setting nner a ia vey todos Saved E EE evan E ee uag E ees 4 13 47 SELECTING B ES E E EEE E Adana west ec eee 4 14 4 7 1 Front panel density selects rposesisresgis resi espets eree ap espe ieie 4 15 4 T 2 Host selection density iessen isn ree EEE EEEE ESEE SSE 4 16 4 7 3 Native default density cinsinin etei e eE a re Nie sS 4 16 4 8 DEFAULT OPERATING MODES ccscccesssscecesseeeecesccecesaececcsesaecesaeeessesaeeecneaeeseeseeeeneaaeees 4 17 AS Ve MOde NOTiial cscs isssesecseceGeccdesbauaccenceeeoe a sen E E tes a Sateee sabe 4 17 4 8 2 Density Select Mode ee eeceeceescesecesecesecaecsaecaeecseecseseaeeeaeeeeeeereeeeeseenseenas 4 18 4 8 3 SCST ID Select Mode rerin shies cebea vee hevedepenn dies deplete cclaeiee toon bodice desbes 4 19 4 8 4 Code pdate mode ci si scccsecscdskszestsnds
159. esssaeeeeseeeees 3 6 3 6 DET 2000 INDICATORS ives siectvecseneeccbibave ven cendeonsdiaweeeceeuveosssheete coetavonsshigeeseesteven takewebeebesss 3 10 3 7 TAPE CARTRIDGES iis EA EEEE E E oc See tae cea each evo tb EE jad bu paa aoa ctis Cece E E EEE 3 18 3 8 LOADING A CARTRIDGE vetscesvecectucescecsgesuee leves ses senseedecdecsdueselaindadeessduecetedsvestyesseeieeteesvedess 3 21 3 9 UNLOADING A CARTRIDGE cccccccccecsessssscececececseaaececeececsessnaeseceeeceeseauececececeesenseaeeeeeees 3 25 4 1 LOOSENING THE SHIPPING SCREW cc cccccccecesssssscecececeesesececccecsesenesececeeeesesnsaeeeeceeeeentaaees 42 4 2 ROTATE THE LOCKING LEVER csessssccececeesessececececeesensececececeeseaaeceeceecsesesaeeeeececeeneaees 4 3 4 3 MINI LIBRARY REAR PANEL COMPONENTS csssscsccecsesessececececeesenseaeceeecesceenesssaeeeesesenenees 4 4 4 4 FRONT OF THE DET2500 oia a E EE E T A EE EES 4 5 4 5 MINI LIBRARY OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL cccessessscecececsessaececeeecsensesssaeeeecceeeenteasees 4 9 4 6 WRITE PROTECT SWITCH ON A CARTRIDGE csccccccccessessececececsessececececcecsesesaseeeeceeeensas 4 20 4 7 DLT2500 MAGAZINE A eedecsaesseetvseaerevecvusedetuerebecvesdeecdeeatedvceseesverees 4 22 4 8 INSERTING A CARTRIDGE INTO THE MAGAZINE cccsessscecececeessnsscecececeeseessseceeceeeeenees 4 24 4 9 REMOVING A CARTRIDGE FROM THE MAGAZINE sssesssceecceceesssnscecececeesssssaeeeeeceeseses 4 25 5 1 CHANGING THE SCSI ID VIA THE P
160. est 4 8 status of OCP indicators 5 15 Power on self test drive 3 12 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL 8 89 Primary Status Secondary Status D 7 Problem resolutions 6 1 conditions to check 6 8 DLT2700 reset 6 8 Radiated emissions A 20 Radiated susceptibility A 21 Rate data transfer 1 2 READ 8 90 READ BLOCK LIMITS 8 92 READ BUFFER 8 93 READ POSITION 8 96 8 97 Read Write Error Log SENSE 8 38 Read Write error recovery 8 61 page 8 86 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS 8 99 Receiver 5 23 Regulatory requirements A 24 RELEASE UNIT 8 100 Removing cartridge 4 25 REQUES SENSE 03h 8 101 RESERVE UNIT 8 112 Reset 6 8 Load Unload button 4 10 5 12 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 Index REWIND 8 114 Storage ranges environmental specifications A 14 S Subsystem Safety requirements A 24 installation 2 4 SCSI Supported SCSI 2 medium changer device ATTENTION signal responses 8 5 commands 8 131 BUS FREE 8 7 Switch functions density select 4 18 BUS PARITY ERRORS 8 7 Switch functions normal mode 4 17 bus phases 8 4 Switch functions SCSI ID Select 4 19 bus reset 8 3 T functionality 8 4 general operations 8 1 Tape Cartridge 3 17 4 20 interface overview 8 1 Tape Cartridge positioning the write protect message system 8 8 switch 4 20 STATUS phase 8 5 Tape drive tape drive commands 8 14 SCSI commands 8 14 SCSI bus Tape leader 6 4 terminating 2 7 Tape writing to 8 4 SCSI cable 3
161. et the Sense Key field is set to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P detected The drive attempts to complete any subsequent writes returning a CHECK CONDITION status in each case If the drive encounters the physical EOM when attempting write CHECK CONDITION status is returned Within the Sense data the EOM and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key field is set to Volume Overflow The Information fields contain the residue count and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P Detected The tape is physically positioned at EOM P DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 125 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 26 WRITE BUFFER 3Bh Bit Eagle oe a ew ella om eo ovwaten cowed Buffer Offset 000000h Parameter List Data Length fe ones J eos Fa un Figure 8 80 WRITE BUFFER CDB WRITE BUFFER is used with READ BUFFER as a diagnostic function for testing the device data buffer DMA engine SCSI bus interface hardware and SCSI bus integrity It is also used for downloading and updating controller microcode firmware Mode The drive supports the following values within the field If any other value is set the drive terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set Write combined header and data Write data Download Microcode Download Microcode and Save Figure 8 81 WRITE
162. eys Used Description No Sense Check the Filemark EOM ILI bits and the ASC Q bytes Recovered Error This can be caused by rounding of Mode Parameters on a Mode Select or to report that R W error rates are reaching subsystem specification limits for optimal operation However the device may still be able to continue to function without any unrecovered errors for a long period of time Not Ready The media is not ready for tape operation commands Media might not be present in the drive or may be in the process of loading or calibrating Medium Error An unrecoverable write read or positioning error has occurred Detailed device specific information may be available Hardware Error The Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields may provide more specific information Illegal Request The CDB or supplied parameter data had an unsupported or illegal operation specified Check bytes 15 16 and 17 Unit Attention Unit Attentions are created after a device reset if the media asynchronously becomes ready to this initiator if another initiator changes Mode Parameters and if the firmware is updated Data Protected The current media is write protected This can be because of the Write Protect switch on the cartridge or if the media is not CompacTape III Blank Check An EOD or LongGap has been encountered Command Aborted Generated when a command has been aborted by the tape device for some reason Check the ASC Q bytes Volume Overflow P
163. face SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID field The drive preserves the reservation until any one of the four conditions mentioned above occurs The drive ignores any attempt made by any other initiator to release the reservation and returns a GOOD status An initiator that holds a current reservation may modify that reservation for example to switch third parties by issuing another RESERVE UNIT to the drive 8 4 19 1 Medium Changer Considerations The optional Element reservation feature defined for Medium Changer devices in SCSI 2 is not supported so the RESERVE command is defined the same as for the tape drive Only the whole loader unit can be reserved This is separate from a reservation of the tape drive The RESERVE RELEASE commands operate on a LUN basis so the Medium Changer and Tape Drive are generally handled as different devices But in the case of a reserved drive LUN a MOVE MEDIUM command issued to the loader LUN can not insert remove a cartridge on the drive unless the drive is reserved by the same initiator DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 113 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 20 REWIND 01h Bit a EARAEN Figure 8 72 REWIND CDB REWIND tells the drive to position the tape at the beginning of the currently active partition Before rewinding the drive writes any write data that is buffered to the tape and appends an EOD marker immed If the Immed Immediate bit is set the drive f
164. faults to 10 0 GB native The only selection is for this cartridge is 2 6 6 0 10 0 compression off or 20 0 GB compression on Using the CompacTape III the user can select density by using any of the following operations 1 On all read operations and all write append operations the recorded density is the density to be used 2 Ona Write from BOT the tape density may be changed by e The Density Select button Using the Density Select button always overrides a host selection e A programmable host selection via your operating system The Density Override light is off indicating automatic or host density selection e Native default density 10 0 and Compress assuming the Density Select button or the host selection was not used How to Select Density To select density with the DLT2000 1 Load the tape in the drive The yellow Tape in Use light blinks while the tape loads and calibrates 2 After calibration completes Tape in Use remains lit 3 The light shows the tape s prerecorded density such as 2 6 or 6 0 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 7 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 4 You can use the drive s control panel at various times not just after loading a tape Density selection is inactive until the write from BOT command is issued The controller remembers the density selection state until you do one of the following e Change the density selection e Unload the tape
165. for Class B equipment are in the frequency range from 0 15 to 30 MHz The limit decreases linearly with the logarithm of the frequency in the range from 0 15 to 0 50 Mhz DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 19 Technical Specifications Table A 20 list the conducted emission limits Table A 20 Conducted Emissions Frequency Range MHz Limits dB Quasi peak Average 0 15 to 0 050 66 to 56 56 to 46 0 50 to 5 56 46 5 to 30 60 50 The limit decreases with the logarithm of the frequency A 6 3 Radiated Emissions Limits of radiated interference field strength in the frequency range from 30 MHz to 30 GHz at a test distance of 3 and 10 meters for Class B equipment are listed in table A 21 Table A 21 Radiated Emissions 30 Mhz to 30 Ghz Frequency range MHz Quasi peak limit dB uV m 10m 3m 30 to 230 30 40 230 to 1000 37 46 Above 1000 N A 54 A 6 4 Magnetic Radiated Susceptibility Table A 22 lists the magnetic radiated susceptibility limits Table A 22 Low Frequency Magnetic Fields 10 to 3000 kHz 100 dB pt 10 kHz declining to No errors no screen distortion 80 dB pt 1 MHz A 20 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications A 6 5 Radiated Susceptibility Table A 23 lists the radiated susceptibility limits Table A 23 High Frequency Electric Fields 1 to 1000 Mhz 3 V m rms 80 modulated 1 kHz No errors no screen distortion S W recoverable errors No hardware
166. ge is NOT unloaded this means the update was unsuccessful The subsystem should still be usable but this depends on why the update failed Reasons for failure could be 1 Power failure 2 Bad image on the tape 3 Broken flash EEPROMs 7 16 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape Table 7 3 gives additional details Table 7 3 Results DLT2700 Code Update If Then The image is valid 1 The Flash EEPROM containing the current firmware is erased 2 The new image is programmed in The subsystem completes the update in about 2 minutes Then e The tape drive resets itself e POST takes place e The drive automatically unloads the tape cartridge containing the firmware image so you can remove the cartridge This shows a successful firmware update The tape is NOT a valid firmware No update is attempted Write Protect and update tape Tape In Use do not blink The tape contains a valid image but The controller is probably unusable and for some reason reprogramming of needs to be replaced The tape drive resets Flash memory fails itself and reruns POST which fails if the Flash memory does not contain a valid image Caution Never turn off power if you think the firmware is being updated Doing so can damage the controller DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 17 Firmware Update From Tape 7 18 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 D
167. hat will modify the FORCEDENSITY parameter to 1 fol o o Page Code 3EH q 31H lt LF gt OAH or 00H ie B B Figure 8 41 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Example 2 8 68 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 4 9 10 MODE SELECT Changeable Parameters DLT2000 SCSI Interface The following table lists the changeable mode parameters and their minimum and maximum values allowed See the previous definitions for the units that are used Parameter rounding is supported for all parameters except the block descriptor length Table 8 4 Changeable Mode Parameters Page Parameter Header Buffered Mode Device Specific Byte Block Descriptor Length Block Descriptor Block Length 2 6 GB and 6 0 GB mode 10 0 GB and 20 0 GB mode Read Write Error Recovery 01h PER Bit Control Mode OAh RLEC Data Compression OFh DCE Disconnect Reconnect 02h Maximum Burst Size Disconnect Reconnect 02h DTDC Device Configuration 10h Write Delay Time Device Configuration 10h SEW Device Configuration 10h Select Data Compression Algorithm Default 1 08h 0080h C8h Minimum 0 00h 0 0 0 0000h 0 Fh 0 0 Maximum 1 O8h 40000h FFFFFFh FFFFh 1964h DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 69 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 MODE SENSE 1Ah 5Ah MODE SENSE allows the drive to report its media current or changeable configuration parameters to the host It is a complementary comma
168. he following Writes 100 32 KB records on track 0 Rewinds the tape Reads the records Positions to the beginning of track 1 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 115 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Writes 100 32 KB records on track 1 Repositions to the beginning of track 1 Reads the records Rewinds the tape The execution time for the test is 6 minutes if calibration is not required This test is specified by setting the Self Test and UnitOfL bits and zeroing the DevOfL bit This test can accept a parameter list specifying test variables as shown in the next table If a parameter list is specified all parameters must be filled in and the parameter list length should be set to 12 If these requirements are not met an ILLEGAL REQUEST will be returned The Self Test bit should be zero 8 116 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Table 8 7 Send Diagnostics Parameters Selftest DevOfL UnitOfL Selftest Action 0 0 0 Illegal combination 0 0 1 Self Test 2 with default parameters 0 1 0 Illegal combination 0 1 1 Self Test 2 with default parameters 1 0 0 Self Test 1 with default parameters 1 0 1 Self Test 2 with default parameters 1 1 0 Self Test 1 with default parameters 1 1 1 Self Test 2 with default parameters Pattern Number Maximum Number of Test Passes Byte Block Size Block Count Figure 8 74 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Format DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartr
169. he packet is written into EEROM Zero is normally the oldest packet but packet numbers can wrap around from 255 to 0 For a detailed description of the packet string see Appendix D Parameter TTA Hex ASCII string for Event n Figure 8 24 Last n Error Events Page DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 41 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 8 4 Read Write Compression Ratio Page Format 32h The Read Write Compression Ratio page begins with a 4 byte header followed by the log parameter blocks of 6 or 8 bytes depending on the parameter code selected Parameter Codes The following parameter codes are supported for the Read Write Compression Ratio page Parameter Description Code Read Compression Ratio x 100 Write Compression Ratio x 100 MBytes Transferred to Host Bytes Transferred to Host MBytes Read from Tape Bytes Read from Tape MBytes Transferred from Host Bytes Transferred from Host MBytes Written to Tape Bytes Written to Tape Figure 8 25 Parameter Codes Supported mesa Page Code Byte i Reserved S MSB Additional Length Figure 8 26 Read Write Compression Ratio Page Header Additional Length The additional length field specifies the number of bytes available and depends on the parameters requested 8 42 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Parameter Block for Parameter Codes 00 and 01 Parameter Code Byte MSB Compression Ratio x 100 Figure 8 27 Read Write
170. his page are supported Maximum Burst Size This value specifies the maximum amount of data that will be transferred without disconnecting A value of zero sets no limit This value is in units of 512 bytes For example a value of 8 means 4k bytes Values that are not multiples of 8 are rounded up to the closest multiple of 8 8 58 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Data Transfer Disconnect Control DTDC The DTDC field defines further restrictions on when a disconnect is permitted Data transfer disconnect control is not used Disconnect is controlled by the other fields in this page A target does not attempt to disconnect once the data transfer of a command has started until all data the command is to transfer has been transferred Reserved A target does not attempt to disconnect once the data transfer of a command has started until the command is complete Figure 8 36 Data Transfer Disconnect Control If DTDC is non zero and the maximum burst size is non zero the DLT2000 returns CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code set to ILLEGAL FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 59 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 7 Medium Partition Page 11h The drive supports the Medium Partitions Parameter Page which has the following format Bit Soe TT Byte Additional Partitions Defined soe or rou tome Figu
171. hysical end of media has been reached during writing The initiator ignored the EOM condition and continued writing Miscompare A compare error occurred during reading by the self tests invoked during execution of a Send Diagnostic 8 106 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem ASC 00h 04h 08h OAh OCh 1th 14h 15h 1Ah DLT2000 SCSI Interface Table 8 6 Additional Sense Codes Qualifiers Used ASCQ 00h Olh 02h 03h 04h 05h 00h Olh 02h 03h 00h Olh 00h 00h 00h 08h 00h Olh 02h 00h Description No Additional Sense Code No additional sense qualifier Unexpected FM Encountered End of Medium Encountered SetMark Encountered Beginning of Medium Encountered EOD Encountered Unit not ready Cause nonreportable Calibration in process Load command needed Manual Intervention needed LUN Communications Failure LUN Communications Timeout Error Log Overflow Write Error Unrecovered Read Error Incomplete Block Read Recorded Entity Not Found Mech Position Error Detected by Read of Media Parameter List Length Error DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 107 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Table 8 6 Additional Sense Codes Qualifiers Used Cont d ASC ASCQ Description 20h 00h Ilegal opcode 21h Olh Invalid Element Address 24h 00h Invalid CDB field 81h Invalid mode on write buffer 82h Media in drive 84h Insufficient resources 86h Invalid offset 87h Invalid size 89h
172. ia This field is valid only if host sets ETC to 1 It determines the basis for comparison and is specified by host by LOG SELECT If the result of comparison is true cumulative threshold and MODE SELECT SENSE control mode page RLEC bit is set 1 then a unit attention is DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 39 DLT2000 SCSI Interface generated for all initiators The sense key will be set to UNIT ATTENTION ASC will be set to LOG EXCEPTION and ASCQ will be set to THRESHOLD CONDITION MET If the RLEC bit in control mode page is zero then UNIT ATTENTION will not be generated Note This comparison is performed in real time Therefore you do not need to issue a Log Sense command to get the check condition Once ETC is selected RLEC bit in Control mode page the check condition will be issued based on the criteria defined in the TMC bits if the criteria is met in Real time Check condition will not identify for which parameter code the criteria is met The user will need to issue Log Sense to read the counters to see for which parameter code criteria is met Basis of Comparison 00b Every update of the cumulative value 01b Cumulative value equal to threshold value 10b Cumulative value not equal to threshold value 11b Cumulative value greater than threshold value Figure 8 23 Threshold Met Criteria e LP List Parameter This bit will always be set to zero as we treat the parameter codes as data counter When the data counter
173. idge Tape Subsystem 8 117 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Pattern 0 OWN DUN HPWN Table 8 8 Definition of Pattern Numbers Name Rotate All 0 s 2F Alternating 1 s and O s Marching 1 Marching 0 MW MFM 1F Random Data Data in Hex Rotate through the other 9 patterns change for each tape file 00 00 00 00 00 FF FF FF FF FF 55 5A AA A5 55 5A AA A5 01 02 04 08 10 20 40 80 FE FD FB F7 EF DF BF 7F OE OE OE OE OE OE OE 0E DE AD DE AD DE AD DE AD AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA If the Max Number of Passes is zero this indicates to loop forever A BUS Reset or a selection from the host sending an Abort or a Bus Device Reset message will terminate testing If the Block Size field is set to zero random block sizes will be used The Block Count field specifies how many blocks to write read starting first on track 0 then again on track 1 So if the Block Size and Count fields result in 3 tracks worth of data the test will e Write tracks 0 1 2 e Rewind read and verify 0 1 2 e Write 3 tracks starting with 1 1 2 3 and then rewind to the beginning of track 1 and do the read verify pass If Block Count is set to zero data will be written until EOT is reached each time so almost 4 complete passes over the tape would result Note Because of data generation and verification this test only streams the tape for short periods of time Therefore if Block Count is set very high this test can take many minutes or eve
174. ife store the cartridge at 40 20 relative humidity Place an identification label only in the slide in slot on the front of the cartridge Do not adhere labels to a cartridge anywhere except in the slide in slot 3 26 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Chapter 4 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 1 In This Chapter The configuration section in this chapter applies to the mini library and its operation Chapter 4 includes these main topics and sections Topic Section Introduction to the Mini Library 4 2 Configure the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 3 Installation Test 44 Operator Control Panel 4 5 Key Lock 4 6 Selecting Density 4 7 Default Operating Modes 4 8 Tape Cartridge Description 4 9 Magazine Description 4 10 When to Use the Cleaning Tape Cartridge 4 11 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 1 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library MLO 012160 Shipping Screw Locking Lever Figure 4 1 Loosening the Shipping Screw Under the Mini Library 4 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library MLO 012863 Figure 4 2 Rotate the Locking Lever Lift the locking lever on the front of the mini library Figure 4 2 to rotate the magazine locking mechanism This allows you to remove the magazine from the mini library DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 3 Configuring and Operating
175. imilarly if a page supports parameters 1 3 and 6 and the Parameter Pointer field contains 2 then only parameters 3 and 6 are returned to the initiator If Parameter Pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the page then the target will terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB Note Parameters within a page are always returned in ascending order according to parameter code Allocation Length The Allocation Length field is used to inform the target how much space the initiator has allocated for data There must be sufficient space allocated for all the requested data otherwise the command will terminate with a CHECK CONDITION Status with Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB Error Detection Summary in LOG SENSE CDB The following conditions constitute errors that will be detected by the drive in relation to the CDB The request sense data is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST INVALID FIELD IN CDB e Ifa page is not supported e Ifthe parameter pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the page e If SP bit is set to 1 8 36 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 8 1 Supported Pages Log Page Page 0 When page 0 is requested the 4 byte page header is returned followed by the pages supported in ascending order one byte for each Bit z d b hkh
176. in Table D 2 A full listing is not given here because most are not meaningful without a detailed knowledge of the firmware design Analysis of the other informtion saved in an EEROM Bugcheck log entry also requires in dpth internal firmware knowledge to interpret and attempt to determine if the cause was external e g a bad SCSI bus cable improper termination etc an ECM or drive fault or a firmware bug D 2 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Bugcheck Code E204 EE01 EE02 EE03 EE04 EE05 EE06 EE08 EE09 EEOD F202 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs 49 I 68020 A0 A7 Registers Up Time 1 Stamp A POH PC Time Stamp 81 82 System Context Error Code 84 68020 Status Register 86 ISR Return Address 90 68020 MSP Register 93 SW Major Revision 94 SW Minor Revision 95 Day Count 96 Figure D 2 Bugcheck LOG Packet Layout Table D 2 Bugcheck Error Codes Meaning and Possible Cause nexpected Timer2 Interrupt possible ECM fault Spurious Non Maskable Interrupt possible ECM fault Spurious 8254 Timer Interrupt possible ECM fault Spurious Level 5 interrupt GPSP possible ECM fault Spurious Drive Comm Interrupt possible ECM fault Spurious Loader Comm Interrupt possible ECM fault Spurious Diag Comm Interrupt possible ECM fault Watch Dog Expiration SCSI bus may have lost termination or ECM is constantly receiving non tape commands Spurious Power Fai
177. in the tape cartridge If no cartridge is in the drive both LOAD and UNLOAD will return a CHECK CONDITION status with a NOT READY sense key set If the drive has received an UNLOAD command with the Immed bit set and then receives another command which would involve tape motion or TEST UNIT READY the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status with a NOT READY sense key set Operation of the Unload version of this command will be different if a media loader is present Two modes of operation are possible when a media loader is attached If none of the media loader specific commands has been issued then the device will operate in the sequential mode of operation Once a media loader specific command has been issued the sequential mode of operation is disabled and the UNLOAD command becomes a no op If the device is still in the default sequential mode of operation and an UNLOAD command is received by the subsystem the current cartridge will be unloaded and automatically moved to the magazine slot from which it originated Then the cartridge from the next slot in the magazine if not empty is automatically moved from the magazine into the drive loaded and made ready If the next magazine slot is empty no CHECK CONDITION status is created When the cartridge is unloaded into magazine slot 6 the last one the subsystem does not cycle back to slot 0 This prevents accidental overwriting of data when using the subsystem in sequential auto l
178. ing entry At any point in time the most recent 14 logs are kept The EEROM information packets can be retrieved by Log Sense command with page code 07h Last n Error Events page The packet type field defines the content as well as the format of the data portion of the packet refer to Table D 1 These packet types are further delineated in the sections that follow Please note that the byte offsets in the structure layout diagrams that follow are referenced relative to the beginning of the 98 byte EEROM Log envelope DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem D 1 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Bits 7 0 00 Packet Type 01 1st packet byte 3 z f A n 96 last packet byte 97 Packet Sequence Number Figure D 1 EEROM Log Area Layout hor Baden Table D 1 EEROM LOG Packet Types Packet Purpose Type 0 Packet Empty 1 Bugcheck Fatal System Crash 2 PO ST power on self test Failure 3 EVENT LOG Generic event informational non fatal data 4 CUP Code Update Status Packet 5 Manufacturing DIAG results packet D 2 Bugcheck Packets Bugchecks occur because of some kind of software detected fatal failure For example a hardware failure or an internal system consistancy failure might cause a bugcheck These events cause Bugcheck packets to be written into EEROM Refer to Figure D 2 for the detailed packet layout The most important information is the error code The more common ones are listed
179. ing of this bit is off e DTE The Disable Transfer on Error feature is not supported so this bit will be zero e DCR The Disable ECC Correction bit feature is not supported so this bit will be zero Read Retry Count This field reports the maximum number of rereads that are done before declaring an unrecoverable error 8 86 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Write Retry Count This field reports the maximum number of overwrite retries that will be performed before declaring an unrecoverable error DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 87 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 9 EEROM Vendor Unique Page 3Eh The drive supports the EEROM vendor unique page 3Eh All the EEROM parameters that are settable through MODE SELECT EEROM vendor unique page are returned Note Because of the long list of parameters use MODE SENSE 10 instead of MODE SENSE 6 to retrieve EEROM parameters Because of the length of the EEROM parameter a 10 byte MODE SENSE command is required to retrieve the parameters If a 6 byte MODE SENSE command is used to retrieve the EEROM parameter page the data returned is as follows Send a 10 byte MODE SENSE command to get the Parameter List The data returned by the 10 byte MODE SENSE command for the EEROM page is in the form of a MODE SENSE 10 data header followed by block and page descriptors The data in the page descriptor is organized in the form of a parameter he
180. irst writes any remaining buffered data to tape followed by an EOD marker It then returns status to the host before beginning the actual rewind operation If the Immed bit is not set status will be returned after the rewind has completed 8 114 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 21 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1Dh Parameter List Length Figure 8 73 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB SEND DIAGNOSTIC tells the drive to perform diagnostic tests on itself The Page Format field is not supported and must be zero Two separate types of unit resident tests can be accessed Electronics Self Test Level 1 test To invoke the diagnostic a good portion of the controller hardware and software must be functioning properly This is the premise this test is based on that full power up testing is not necessary Therefore this test does an extension of the power up self tests The code ROM EDC is verified two queues used by much of the controller software is checked by dequeuing and enqueuing items If there is a loader attached a software reset is done on it This test does not attempt to write or read data to or from media When complete any errors are posted in the extended Sense Data bytes This test has an execution time of approximately 5 seconds This test is specified by setting just the Self Test bit DevOfL and UnitOfL both Zero Write Read Functionality Test Level 2 test The default version of this test does t
181. is ignored by the DLT2000 unless both the EOT and Load bits are both set then the drive returns CHECK CONDITION ILLEGAL REQUEST 8 26 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 6 LOCATE 2Bh Bit iets tsfoteti te cee hs asain Read ot gt 2 e o ooo g Block Address 6 LSB ee a o oa Roses Jra un Figure 8 11 LOCATE CDB The LOCATE command is used to do high speed positioning to the specified block address Average positioning time is about 45 seconds maximum time is under 90 seconds The READ POSITION command can be used to obtain the block address when Writing where particular blocks of data for example a data file are about to be written Then the LOCATE command can be used to position back to the same logical position for high performance restore operations of particular blocks of data e BT The Block Type bit indicates how the Block Address field is interpreted For the DLT2000 products SCSI Logical Block addresses are always returned that is setting the BT bit does not affect the values returned The first recorded object block or filemark is at address zero and Block Addresses count both data blocks and filemarks e CP Since multiple partitions are not supported this bit must be zero e Imm If set STATUS is returned when the command has been started Block Address The Block Address field defines the SCSI Logical Block Address to which the media will be p
182. ite Fail D 4 1 Directory Failure Event Logs These event logs are written when a directory read or write request fails for any reason Refer to Figure D 5 and the sections that follow DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem D 5 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Saved Max Overwrites Saved Max ReReads Saved Max ReWrites Dir Called Mode Tape Format when called New Tape Format Flags Primary Status Secondary Status Missing Block Count Total Expected LBNs Servo EOT Address Unique Media ID CR MSG Buffer Address Figure D 5 Directory Failure Event Logs Saved Overwrites ReReads ReWrites These are fields are used as temporaries and have no use in interpreting these packets Dir Called Mode A code which specifies the original reason for the directory call A value of 1 indicates a directory READ on load a value of 2 indicates a directory WRITE on UNLOAD a value of 3 indicates a directory WRITE on WRITE from BOT Tape Format Called New These fields contain the TMSCP values for the tape format both prior to and after the directory operation Flags A bit mapped field which provides additional status information Refer to Table D 4 Table D 4 SET DIR_TAB Directory Event Log Flags Bit Mask Meaning D 6 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 0x01 0x02 0x04 0x08 0x10 0x20 0x40 0x80 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs READ on Load operation complete
183. itiator changed the Mode Parameters e A firmware microcode update has completed Two queued Unit Attentions are not unusual For example if a unit is powered up and a cartridge is loaded Power Up and Not ready to Ready Transition Unit Attentions are created Due to a limited number of Unit Attention buffers if an initiator does not clear Unit Attentions queued for it at some point the tape device will stop generating new Unit Attentions for that I L combination but existing ones will be left queued A LOAD command will not generate a Unit Attention for the initiator that issued the command since the transition to ready is synchronous 8 2 5 Behavior Around Power On and SCSI Bus Reset e All device SCSI lines shall go to high impedance when the DLT2000 is powered off e The DLT2000 will not generate any spurious signals on the SCSI bus at power on e Within 5 seconds of power on and within 250 milliseconds typically under 4 ms after a Bus Reset the DLT2000 will respond to SCSI bus selections and return appropriate normal responses Tape motion commands will be returned with Check Condition status Sense Key Not Ready until the media has been made ready e The Hard Bus Reset option is implemented e Cached write data are flushed to the media upon bus reset e The media is rewound to BOP Beginning of Partition i e Beginning of Tape The DLT2000 will be able to recognize multiple bus resets in succession and bus resets of a
184. ity checking 2 4 2 Change the SCSI ID 2 4 3 4 Connect the cables 2 4 Configure the DLT2000 Tabletop This section describes how to configure the DLT2000 including Topic Section Configuration Guidelines 2 4 1 Disable Parity Checking 2 4 2 Changing the SCSI ID 2 4 3 The DLT2000 is factory set to SCSI ID 5 unless otherwise specified The drive is factory set for parity generation and checking is enabled 2 4 1 Configuration Guidelines All system uses the SCSI ID to identify or address the DLT2000 Follow these guidelines when configuring the DLT2000 for use on your system If you are installing the DLT2000 as Then The only SCSI device on the bus or one Be sure to use a SCSI ID that is of multiple SCSI devices on the bus unique from any other device or system ID on the SCSI bus The last or only device on the SCSI bus You must terminate the bus by installing a terminator on the drive 2 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive 2 4 2 Disable Parity Checking To disable parity see your service representative 2 4 3 Changing the SCSI ID To change the SCSI ID use the pushbutton switch on the rear of the drive Press the switch button s above or below the number display 0 7 to set the desired SCSI ID Press the top button to increase the number or press the bottom button to decrease the number
185. l Mode Page QAh Jorine tiii REEE 8 78 8 4 10 4 Device Configuration Page 10h essseessesesssreesesrseresessrerrssrrrenesrenresreneses 8 80 8 4 10 5 Data Compression Page OPh eseessssessssresssressssrsrresrsresrrsserrenresreeresreersse 8 82 8 4 10 6 Disconnect Reconnect Page eee eecessecssecseeereeeseeeeeeeseeecesecsecsaeeaenee 8 84 8 4 10 7 Medium Partition Page 11D eee eeeceeeneceseeeeeeeceaeceeeeecsaeeeeeeecaeeesees 8 85 8 4 10 8 Read Write Error Recovery Page eceecescesecssecseecseeeseeesscnseceseesaeesaeeaee 8 86 8 4 10 9 EEROM Vendor Unique Page 3Eh oe eee cece cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeensneesaeeaee 8 88 8 4 11 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL 1E 00 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 89 SANZ READ OSB er steven Sides stauiend bebe ts nosey A seen eee NOs iesdwuug wales 8 90 8 4 13 READ BLOCK LIMITS O59 eee cee eeeceeeceseeesecesecaecsaecaeeseeeeeeeeseensees 8 92 84 14 READ BUFFER GED secs sect tected Mak Ai ae eae 8 93 8 4 14 1 Combined Header and Data Mode ee ee eeceeeceseceneeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 94 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem ix Table of Contents 8 4 14 2 Data Mode renro niacin Sie Se hae RO GRA i i Bes 8 94 8 4 14 3 Descriptor Mode 0 eee ceeceseceseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceseeseceaecsaecsaesaeeeeeeerenseees 8 94 8 4 13 READ POSITION 34B paiesi ssskes sedacessete sees cs sessies ros bab sedscnsveboseessceaseass 8 96 8 4 15 1 READ POSITION Data Format eee cece ceseceeecseeceeeeeeeeeeeeee
186. l Signal received possible power supply fault Spurious Level 6 interrupt GPSP possible ECM fault Loader time out possible media loader fault DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem D 3 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs D 3 PO ST failure packets PO ST failure packets are stored whenever the Power On Self Test logic detects a failure of any kind Each failure is encoded as a 4 byte vector In some cases multiple vectors may be stored as shown in Figure D 3 POH PC Time Stamp POST Last Fail Vector Secondary POST Vector Tertiary POST Vector 17 reserved Figure D 3 POST LOG Packet Layout D 4 Event Log packets Event logs are non fatal and can occur to log error or informative information regarding significant events The general envelope for these packets is shown in Figure D 4 Refer to Table D 3 for a list of the existing error codes as well as where to refer for additional information D 4 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Up Time Stam POH PC Time Stam Error Code 11 SW Major Revision 12 SW Minor Revision 13 1st event log byte 92 last event log byte 93 Day Count 94 Figure D 4 EVENT LOG Packet Layout Table D 3 Event Log Codes Event Log Code Meaning 0xA400 Hard Read Error Log OxA401 Hard Write Error Log 0xA402 Drive Error Log 0xA403 Loader Error Log O0xA407 Directory Read Fail 0xA408 Directory Wr
187. le A 12 Operating Vibration Specifications Vibration type Sine Sweep Frequency range 5 500 5 Hz Upward and downward sweep Acceleration level 0 25 g Between 5 and 22 Hz crossover 0 010 DA Between 22 and 500 Hz Application X Y and Z axes Sweep rate 1 octave per minute Overstress Vibration type Sine Sweep Frequency range 5 500 5 Hz Upward and downward sweep Acceleration level 0 50 g Between 5 and 26 1 Hz crossover 0 010 DA Between 26 1 and 500 Hz Application Vertical axis Sweep rate 1 octave per minute top bottom Table A 13 Operating Shock Specifications Pulse shape 1 2 sine pulse Peak acceleration 10 G Duration 10 ms Application X Y and Z axes once in each axis DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 15 Technical Specifications A 5 2 Nonoperating Shock and Vibration Table A 14 lists nonoperating shock bench handling specifications for the product without its shipping packaging Table A 14 Nonoperating Shock Overstress Bench Handling Unpackaged Specifications Test Type Bench handling pivot drop Description Pivot edge to a height of 4 in above table and release Application Four shocks total once each edge Tables A 15 A 16 A 17 A 18 and A 19 list nonoperating vibration and nonoperating shock specifications for the product in its shipping packaging Table A 15 Nonoperating Packaged Vibration Specifications Vibration type Random vibration Frequency range 5 to 300 Hz vertical z
188. led mode 5 5 Service mode 5 8 MODE SENSE 8 70 pages 8 77 parameter list 8 73 MODE SENSE SELECT 8 138 Mode normal 4 17 MOVE MEDIUM 8 143 N Nominal tape tension performance specifications A 11 Nonoperating Shock A 16 Nonoperating Vibration A 16 Normal mode 4 17 OCP 4 9 OCP Disabled mode 5 5 OCP Disabled 4 13 OCP enabled 4 13 OCP locked 4 13 OCP unlocked 4 13 Opcode ERASE 19h 8 16 INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS 07h 8 132 INQUIRY 12h 8 17 LOAD UNLOAD 1Bh 8 25 LOCATE 2Bh 8 27 LOG SELECT 4Ch 8 28 LOG SENSE 4Dh 8 34 MODE SELECT 15h 8 46 MODE SENSE 1Ah SAh 8 70 MOVE MEDIUM A5h 8 143 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL 1Eh 8 89 READ 08h 8 90 READ BLOCK LIMITS 05h 8 92 READ BUFFER 3Ch 8 93 READ ELEMENT STATUS B8h 8 133 READ POSITION 34h 8 96 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS 1Ch 8 99 RELEASE UNIT 17h 8 100 REQUEST SENSE 03h 8 101 RESERVE UNIT 16h 8 112 REWIND 01h 8 114 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1Dh 8 115 SPACE 11h 8 120 TEST UNIT READY 00h 8 122 VERIFY 13h 8 123 WRITE OAh 8 124 WRITE BUFFER 3Bh 8 126 WRITE FILEMARKS 10h 8 129 Open button 4 10 Open button cartridge in drive 4 28 Opening magazine door 4 28 Operating modes 5 5 Operating modes default 4 17 Operating procedure DLT2000 tape drive 3 1 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2700 mini library 5 1 Operating procedure DLT2500 mini library 4 1 Opera
189. link to the next command bypassing the usual ARBITRATION SELECTION and MESSAGE OUT phases which would normally occur between commands All other bits in the Control Byte are considered to be reserved 8 14 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 2 Summary of Supported Sequential Access Device Commands The following table shows what SCSI commands are supported by the DLT2000 tape drive Opcode 19 12 1B 2B 4C 4D 15 1A 5A 1E 08 05 3C 34 1C 17 03 16 01l 1D 11 00 13 0A 3B 10 Table 8 2 DLT2000 Supported SCSI Commands Command ERASE INQUIRY LOAD UNLOAD LOCATE LOG SELECT LOG SENSE MODE SELECT MODE SENSE PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL READ READ BLOCK LIMITS READ BUFFER READ POSITION RECEIVE DIAG RESULTS RELEASE UNIT REQUEST SENSE RESERVE UNIT REWIND SEND DIAGNOSTIC SPACE TEST UNIT READY VERIFY WRITE WRITE BUFFER WRITE FILEMARK Section 8 4 3 8 4 4 8 4 5 8 4 6 8 4 7 8 4 8 8 4 9 8 4 10 8 4 11 8 4 12 8 4 13 8 4 14 8 4 15 8 4 16 8 4 17 8 4 18 8 4 19 8 4 20 8 4 21 8 4 22 8 4 23 8 4 24 8 4 25 8 4 26 8 4 27 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 15 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 3 ERASE 19h Bit cm Operation Code 19h qe om af ase Se o Figure 8 3 ERASE CDB ERASE causes data on the tape to be erased Any write data currently held in buffer memory and not written to tape yet is flushed to tape before the ERASE is ex
190. m 3 18 4 20 positioning 3 17 write enabling 3 19 write protecting 3 19 Write protect switch positioning 4 20 Write protect switch write enabling 4 21 Write protect switch write protecting 4 21 Index DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 Index 8 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem
191. m Tape 7 4 2 Updating the Firmware on the DLT2500 Drive and Loader Configuration 1 Get or make a CompacTape with the code image of the specified revision level copied to it 2 Put the mini library into code update mode To do this a With the LDR RDY message displaying press the OCP Open button to open the door and remove the magazine Then close the door b Remove all cartridges from the magazine and install the code update cartridge into the magazine c Press and hold the Display Mode button about 5 seconds until the SCSI ID SEL message displays d Press and hold the Load Unload button until the SCSI ID SEL message starts to flash Immediately release the button and then press it again The CODE UPDATE MODE message now displays 3 Press the Open button two times to open the magazine door Load the magazine with the code update tape into the mini library and close the door Wait until the elevator stops scanning the magazine Press the Load Unload button to load the code update tape into the tape drive If Then The DLT2500 code revision is The DLT2500 code does not go through an the same revision as that of the update update tape The DLT2500 code revision is The DLT2500 code goes through an update not the same revision as that of taking about 5 minutes the update tape 7 10 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape 4 During a DLT2500 code update the drive
192. n can be selected on the loader or drive front panel or from the host by using the SCSI MODE SELECT command 1 5 Compaction The compaction feature of the DLT2000 helps you to store data efficiently A read write data cache of 2 0 MB allows working space for the compaction enabling maximum use of available tape space 1 6 Durable Media The CompacTape III tape media can endure 500 000 passes and has a shelf life of 30 years which provides superior media durability and data reliability 1 7 Compatibility Quantum is committed to maintaining compatibility within the DLT family of tape drives DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 tape products are the fourth generation of tape products started with the DLT260 and DLT600 drives The DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 complies with the ANSI standard for SCSI 2 The tape media format follows ECMA approved and ANSI proposed standards 1 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Overview and Features of the DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Product The user can select tape density for the CompacTape III cartridge on the loader or drive front panel or by using the SCSI MODE SELECT command The DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 can write 2 6 6 0 and 10 0 GB tape formats for 100 interchange compatibility with earlier DLT drives using the CompacTape III cartridge On a write from BOT the DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 reformats the CompacTape IMI cartridge recorded at 2 6 6 0 or 10 0 GB format to the new specified format using the
193. n failure 38 Bad tape format Table B 2 Internal Status Bit Flags Description If set cleaning light is on otherwise it is off Tape directory status 0 Good status 1 Unknown status 2 Directory partially bad 3 Directory bad Reserved If set the internal status byte 18 is in Bit Flags format otherwise it is a code DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem B 3 Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information B 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Appendix C Sense Key Information C 1 In This Appendix Appendix C lists the sense key information No Sense 0 00 01 Unexpected FM encountered 00 02 EOM encountered 00 04 BOM encountered Recovered Error 1 OA 00 Error Log Overflow 37 00 Rounded Parameter 3B 08 Repositioning error 44 C1 Internal Target failure EEROM copy 1 area bad 44 C2 Internal Target failure EEROM copy 2 area bad 44 C3 Internal Target failure EEROM both copy areas bad 47 00 SCSI Parity Error 48 00 IDE Message Received 51 00 Erase failure 53 01 Unload tape failure 5B 02 Log Counter at Maximum 80 02 Cleaning Requested Not Ready 2 04 00 Unit Not Ready Cause nonreportable 04 01 Unit Not Ready Calibration in process DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem C 1 Sense Key Information 04 02 Unit Not Ready Load command needed 04 03 Unit Not Ready Manual Intervention needed 3A 00 Medium Not Present 3A 80 Medium Not Present Cartridge Mi
194. n many hours to complete If the specified test passes a GOOD STATUS is returned Otherwise a Check Condition is generated and the Sense Data will contain information about the failure 8 118 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Table 8 9 Sense Keys Used Sense Key Description 3h Medium Error A positioning error has occurred where the returned position does not match the expected 4h Hardware Error The Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields will provide more specific information Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST Illegal bit settings in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Eh Miscompare A compare error occurred during a read Table 8 10 Additional Sense Codes Additional Additional Sense Code Sense Qualifier Description 15h 2h A positioning error has occurred where the returned position does not match the expected 40h 80h Level 1 ROM test failed 40h 8ih Level 1 RAM test failed 40h 82h Level 1 test failed Bad Drive status 40h 83h Level 1 test failed Loader Reset failed DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 119 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 22 SPACE 11h Bit a Ce EDENEN MSB Byte Figure 8 75 SPACE CDB SPACE provides a variety of positioning functions that are determined by Code and Count fields in the Command Descriptor Block Both forward toward EOM P and reverse toward BOM P positioning are provided Code The code is defined as follows Space Code Space by Block
195. nd to MODE SELECT Operation Code 1Ah Figure 8 42 MODE SENSE CDB 6 The DLT2000 products also support the 10 byte MODE SENSE which is required to request the VU EEROM Parameter page because of the large amount of data that needs to be passed back MODE SENSE 10 can be used to retrieve the other pages as well Note that MODE SENSE 10 returns a different format of descriptor data 8 70 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Bit P7 pets etosteti to Operation Code 5Ah Logical Unit Number Po MSB Allocation Length Figure 8 43 MODE SENSE CDB 10 Fo a Es 2 ES DBD If the Disable Block Descriptors bit is zero the device returns the Block Descriptor Data If set then the Block Descriptor information is not returned PC The Page Control field indicates the type of page parameter values to be returned to the host as shown in the following table Report Current Values Report Changeable Values Report Default Values Report Saved Values Figure 8 44 MODE SENSE Page Control Definition The Additional Page Length field of each page returned by the drive indicates the number of bytes supported for that page Page Code This allows the host to select any specific page or all the pages supported by the drive DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 71 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Allocation Length The Allocation Length field specifies the number of bytes that the hos
196. nds supported Vendor Identification See figure 8 6 Product Identification See figure 8 6 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 19 DLT2000 SCSI Interface e Product Revision Level This field contains four bytes of ASCII data which define the product s software Revision Levels The first tow bytes are the version number of servo code in the DLT2000 products this firmware is located in a PROM and is not field updateable The second two bytes are the version number of the SCSI read write code When a firmware update is performed on the DLT2000 this part of the Revision Level field will change appropriately Note If a 5 cartridge media loader is attached to the tape drive the Product ID will indicate DLT2500 instead of DLT2000 If a 7 cartridge media loader is attached to the tape drive the Product ID will indicate DLT2700 instead of DLT2000 Product Revision Level This field contains four bytes of ASCII data which define the product s software Revision Levels The first two bytes are the version number of servo code the second two bytes are the version number of the SCSI read write code When a firmware update is performed on the DLT2000 the product Revision Level field will change appropriately Vendor Specific Vendor Specific See next section 8 20 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 4 2 Vendor Unique Inquiry Data The following information can be used to p
197. ne what is happening during cartridge use Table 3 7 What is Happening During Cartridge Use Right Side Lights If The yellow light is on steady The yellow light blinks irregularly The yellow light blinks regularly The green light turns on and the beeper sounds All four lights blink It means A cartridge is loaded but the tape is not moving This can mean no application is communicating with the controller or that the application is communicating but is not delivering commands for tape motion A calibration read or write is in progress The tape is loading unloading or rewinding The tape is unloaded into the cartridge and the cartridge can now be removed or if the drive is unloaded a cartridge can now be inserted An error has occurred during operation See Table 2 4 DLT2000 Troubleshooting Chart 3 22 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 8 Using the Cleaning Tape Cartridge Use Table 3 8 to determine when to use the cleaning cartridge Table 3 8 When to Use the Cleaning Cartridge If 1 Use Cleaning Tape lights Figure 3 6 2 A data cartridge causes Use Cleaning Tape to blink 3 Use Cleaning Tape still lights after you clean the drive head 4 Use Cleaning Tape lights after you load the cleaning cartridge It means The drive head needs cleaning or the tape is bad see item 3 The data cartridge
198. ng DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 1 Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive 2 2 2 Installation Setup The steps for installation setup are Step Action 1 Unpack and check your shipment 2 Choose a site for the DLT2000 tabletop subsystem 3 Power off the system on which the DLT2000 tabletop subsystem is to be installed 2 2 3 Site Setup Place the DLT2000 on a flat sturdy level area such as a desk or tabletop 2 2 4 Site Guidelines Be sure to follow these guidelines for your DLT2000 e The DLT2000 is designed to operate in harsh environments However use care in placing the drive in an environment that is free of dust and humidity 2 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive Figure 2 1 shows the DLT2000 SELECT BUTTON CARTRIDGE INSERT RELEASE HANDLE DOWN ZKO 1217 02 DG Figure 2 1 Drive Front Panel DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 3 Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive 2 3 Install the Subsystem To install the DLT2000 Step Action 1 Note the DLT2000 factory settings 2 Review Section 2 4 1 3 Configure the DLT2000 for use on your system If you need to See section Disable par
199. ngth of 256 K bytes is supported for 2 6 GB or 6 0 GB formats Minimum Block Size This field indicates the minimum block size The device supports a minimum block length of 1 byte 8 92 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 14 READ BUFFER 3Ch Bit ceee Byte Buffer Offset Allocation Length a rena Jra fe Figure 8 60 READ BUFFER CDB READ BUFFER is used in conjunction with WRITE BUFFER as a diagnostic function for testing the drive s data buffer and the SCSI bus integrity Mode The drive supports the following values within the field If any nonsupported value is set the drive terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set Combined Header and Data Data Descriptor Figure 8 61 READ BUFFER Modes Supported Buffer ID amp Offset The drive only supports a single Buffer ID field of zero and offsetting of data is not supported If these fields are nonzero the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 93 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Allocation Length The Allocation Length specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for returned data 8 4 14 1 Combined Header and Data Mode In this mode the drive returns a 4 byte header followed by the data bytes The drive terminates the DATA IN phase when Allocation Length bytes of header
200. ning EOM on reads Gap Size This field is not used and is set to zero EOD Defined This field is set to OOh EEG The Enable EOD Generation bit is set to indicate that the drive will generate an EOD The drive generates an EOD mark before any change of direction following a write type operation SEW and Buffer Size at Early Warning The Synchronize at Early Warning bit is set to 1 Buffer Size at EW fields are not supported and will be zero Select Data Compression Algorithm One enables data compression zero disables it DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 81 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 5 Data Compression Page OFh The Data Compression Page specifies parameters for the control of data compression Bit a ef es Rep eet BE O E Byte Compression Algorithm Reserved 4 7 i Decompression Algorithm 12 15 Figure 8 52 Data Compression Page PS Parameters Savable The Parameters Savable bit indicates if the MODE SENSE parameter data contained in this page is savable The DLT2000 does not support this feature The value returned for this bit is 0 Page Code The Page Code identifies the type of MODE SENSE data being transferred The value returned for this field is OFh Data Compression Page Page Length The Page Length indicates the number of Data Compression Page bytes that follow this byte The value returned for this byte is OEh 8 82 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCS
201. ns cceeceeceseceseceseecseeeseeeeeeeeceseeeeceseenseenseenseenaes A 19 ALO 2D Conducted EMISSIONS orere ane rn eae ee iper ERE E N ETa ENE A 19 A 6 3 Radiated EMISSIONS rinnoin e ea ea ere a e E E A 20 A 6 4 Magnetic Radiated Susceptibility sseeeseseseseeeseseeessserereseersserernsesrenresrenrseeerses A 20 A 6 5 Radiated Susceptibility 20 0 0 iesit snosririsserr ierse ririri Eei rioevas A 21 A 6 6 Conducted Susceptibility ssis n n E a a sE A 21 A 6 7 ESD Failure Level LIMIS iien iie enei e a a a aa A 22 A 6 8 Acoustic Noise EmMisSsSions eesseseeessseseeesessressresstesseeeteretsseersressresseessresseeseesees A 22 A 7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ccccccesssscecesssececssscececsseeecesssececsseeeceeseeecsesseeeenseeeeeens A 24 AT F Safet REquitement oeie eere enpa e ree Eear EERS NE eN SREE SOSE A 24 A 7 2 Electromagnetic Emission Requirements cccescceeseceseceeececeeeeeeeeeceseeeeneees A 24 A 8 DRIVE RELIABILITY FACTOR Sencan a E A 25 A 9 COMPACTAPE RECORDING MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS scsccseseesesseseeeeeeseseeseeneesees A 26 B DEFINITION OF VENDOR UNIQUE SENSE DATA INFORMATION laS RNA RE ONAN PPENDIX R A T E sn tedsGasesnnaseavisoiessdsreseaselodsrassusdpraseese B 1 B 2 INTERNAL STATUS rener apee e ae eaea a r NES Ane Eara aR EE rea B 1 C SENSE KEY INFORMATION Cal INTHISAPPENDIX osni aaa ea O a enn C 1 D EEROM RESIDENT BUGCHECK AND EVENT LOGS D 1 EEROM PACKETS LAST N ERROR EVENTS
202. ns constitute errors that will be detected by the drive in relation to the CDB The request sense data is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST INVALID FIELD IN CDB e If PCR bit is set to 1 and parameter list length is not zero e If SP bit is set 1 eA parameter list length that would cause a parameter within a valid page to be truncated or otherwise incompletely initialized DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 29 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 7 1 Operation of LOG SELECT The purpose of the LOG SELECT command is to allow the initiator to modify and initialize parameters within the logs supported by the device There are two ways to initialize the log parameters First set the PCR bit in the LOG SELECT CDB this clears all parameters Secondly individual pages can be cleared by specifying the log page and the parameter value as the log parameters The following pages can be cleared in this manner Page Code Page Description 02h Write Error Counter Page 03h Read Error Counter Page 32h Compression ratio page Figure 8 14 Clearable Log Pages If multiple pages are sent during this DATA OUT phase they must be sent in ascending order according to page code Otherwise the command will terminate with a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST The same status will be returned if an unsupported Page Code appears in any header or if the specified page
203. nt so there is only one set with one member DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 143 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 5 4 MOVE MEDIUM A5h Bit 7 lb b k b k h jo 0 Operation Code A5h Logical Unit Number Reserved Transport element Address Source Address Destination Address Reserved Reserved Figure 8 93 MOVE MEDIUM CDB The Move Medium command is used to move cartridges from the tape drive to the magazine slot it came from or from any magazine slot to the tape drive The Transport Element Address field must be zero or one 8 144 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 145 Appendix A Technical Specifications A 1 In This Appendix Appendix A contains specifications for the DLT2000 tape drive and the DLT2500 DLT2700 mini library including Topic Section Physical Description A 2 Performance Specifications A 3 Environmental Specifications A 4 Vibration and Shock Specifications A 5 Electromagnetic Interference EMI Susceptibility A 6 Regulatory Requirements A 7 Drive Reliability Factors A S CompacTape Recording Media Specifications A 9 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 1 Technical Specifications A 2 Physical Description Table A 1 lists the key physical and functional specifications of the DLT2000 tape drive Description Height Width Length Weight Shipping Weight Environmental temperature O
204. nterface Table 8 3 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters cont d Name DISLDRAUTOLDMC ENAPARERRRETRY ENAMODEPG22 NODISCONFXDBLK FOURLAMPMODEL PROTECTDIRONWP ENACLNGLTRPT LONGXPORTPAGE FORCEEEREBUILD SCSIINQVS DEFSEW ENAINITS YNCNEG Value Rep Default Skip Default Bytes ASCII Binary 1 0 ASCII Binary 0 0 ASCII Binary 0 0 ASCII Binary 1 0 ASCII Binary 0 1 ASCII Binary 0 0 ASCII Binary 1 0 ASCII Binary 1 0 ASCII Binary 0 0 ASCII Binary 0 0 ASCII Binary 1 0 ASCII Binary 0 0 Length Usage 1 To partially disable sequential loading with loader if any media loader command has been received To turn on off parity error etry feature To enable vendor unique Data Compression Status Mode Page To turn on off feature of not to disconnect on every fixed block data transfer If turned on front panel SELECT button can only select 2 6 GB 10 0 GB or Compress done with 10 0 GB only To protect tape directory if the cartridge write protect switch is in write protect position To report error status if cleaning light is on To report 18 or 6 bytes medium transport element status descriptor if parameter is on or off To force all the EEROM parameters reset to default if set To return vendor unique inquiry string if set To set default SEW parameter To enable target initiated synchronous negotiation if set DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 65 DLT2000 SCSI Interface
205. ntrol panel OCP has 4 OCP pushbuttons and 23 lights Table 5 2 used with the Mode Select key See Section 5 4 for information on the Mode Select key and its functions See Section 5 8 for more details on button and indicator operations Table 5 2 lists each button indicator and its function Table 5 2 DLT2700 Operator Control Pane Button Indicator Eject button Eject light Load Unload button Load Unload light Slot Select button Slot Select indicator Power On light Color Green Green Green Green Function Opens the receiver allowing access to the magazine for removal and insertion of cartridges Also unloads the tape from the drive to the magazine if a tape is inserted Indicates you can press the Eject button to unload cartridges from the drive to the magazine and open the receiver Lights when a magazine fault has occurred to indicate Eject is the only function available at that time e Loads the currently selected cartridge into the tape drive e Unloads the cartridge currently in the tape drive e Resets the subsystem if there is a loader fault The user can press the Load Unload button Increments the current slot indicator to the next slot The user can press the Slot Select button to move the current slot indicator to the next slot The DLT2700 is in a known good power state and dc voltages are within tolerance 5 12 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and
206. nually unloaded and put back into the magazine A cartridge was manually inserted into the drive When these conditions are present the Magazine Fault light turns on indicating a situation that can be corrected by the operator Eject is also on to inform you that this is the only function available at this time 6 6 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT2500 DLT2700 Mini Library 6 6 1 1 Detecting Cases 1 2 and 3 The user can tell these cases have occurred when the Magazine Fault light and slot lights 0 and 5 are on Caution Never remove a cartridge from the magazine by moving the metal tab in front of the cartridge This is the main source of magazine faults Use the proper procedure Chapter 5 To clear a magazine fault caused by cases 1 2 and 3 1 Press the Eject button to open the receiver 2 Remove the magazine and check for a metal tab over an open slot This is the slot from which the cartridge was removed If Then A metal tab is found over 1 Reinsert the missing cartridge properly by pushing an open slot the tab aside and insert cartridge until it snaps into place If no cartridge is needed in this slot push one into the slot and then remove it according to normal procedure Chapter 5 This step is critical to avoid more magazine faults 2 Insert the magazine into the receiver 3 Close the receiver 6 6 1 2 Detecting Case 4 The user can tell this c
207. oading mode The next cartridge must be selected and loaded manually or with a SCSI Move Medium command DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 25 DLT2000 SCSI Interface EEROM parameters ENALDRAUTOLD and DISLDRAUTOLDMC can be modified to enable disable the sequential loading feature Table 8 3 A media loader does not affect the device s processing of the LOAD flavor of the LOAD UNLOAD command The command specific bits are used as follows Immed If this bit is set status is returned as soon as the operation is started Otherwise the status is returned after the operation has completed Re Ten Re tension operations are not needed on the DLT2000 so this bit is ignored that is good status if the bit is set Load When a cartridge is inserted the media is automatically loaded and positioned by the drive at BOM Logically the drive will be positioned at the beginning of Partition 0 If the Load bit is set and the media is already loaded no action is taken If the media was unloaded but the cartridge was not removed a Load will cause it to be loaded to BOP again and made ready If the Load bit is zero and media is loaded the drive writes any buffered data and filemarks to the tape and rewinds the tape to BOM and unloads the media into the DLT2000 cartridge The green Operate Handle light turns on and the cartridge can be removed from the drive If the media is already unloaded no action is taken EOT This bit
208. ode always overrides a host selection Example If you loaded a tape with a prerecorded 2 6 density and you use Density Select mode to select 10 density Before a write from BOT occurs you should see the 2 6 show steady and the 10 and OVR flash in the display LDR RDY 2 6 10 OVR After a write from BOT occurs you should see the selected density 10 and the OVR show steady in the display LDR RDY 10 OVR DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 15 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library Table 4 3 shows results Table 4 3 Results of not Using or Using Density Select Mode If Then You did not use Density Select The display shows the actual density when the tape is mode reading and writing You used Density Select mode The display shows the actual density on steady and and the actual tape density is OVR on steady the same as the density you selected You used Density Select mode On operation before Write from BOT the display and the actual tape density shows differs from the density you 1 Actual tape density on steady selected 2 Selected density flashing 3 OVR flashing On operation after write from BOT the display shows 1 Selected density on steady 2 OVR on steady 4 7 2 Programmable Host Selection via Your Operating System To select density via the SCSI bus 1 Do a SCSI MODE SELECT with the density you want For more details see the chapter on SCSI Interface 2 Write dat
209. on DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 51 DLT2000 SCSI Interface The RLEC bit indicates whether the DLT2000 should return Check Condition status with the sense key set to Unit Attention 6h when one of its write and read error counters of the log pages reaches a specified threshold as follows See LOG SELECT command section on how to change the threshold 0 Do not return Unit Attention when a threshold condition is met 1 Return Unit Attention when a threshold condition is met Queue Algorithm Modifier This field must be 0 QErr Queue Error This bit must be 0 DQue Disable Queuing This bit must be 0 EECA Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance The DLT2000 does not support extended contingent allegiance so this bit must be 0 RAENP Ready AEN Permission The DLT2000 does not support asynchronous event notification AEN so this bit must be 0 UAAENP Unit Attention AEN Permission The DLT2000 does not support asynchronous event notification so this bit must be 0 EAENP Error AEN Permission The DLT2000 does not support asynchronous event notification so this bit must be 0 Ready AEN Holdoff Period The DLT2000 does not support asynchronous event notification so this field must be 0 8 52 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 4 Data Compression Page OFh The Data Compression Page specifies parameters for the control of data compression This page allows you
210. ons are not affected The data on the cache will be flushed to the tape BUS DEVICE RESET 0Ch This message from an initiator clears all commands data and status in the tape controller When it recognizes this message the drive flushes the cache to tape and proceeds to the BUS FREE state The drive then executes a hard reset which leaves it as if a Bus Reset had occurred All data in the write buffer will be flushed to the media CLEAR QUEUE 0Eh This message clears all I O processes for all initiators A Unit Attention condition will be generated for all other initiators that had outstanding I O processes with Additional Sense Code ASC of Command Cleared by Another Initiator The target goes directly to the BUS FREE phase after successful receipt of this message Current settings of Mode Select parameters and reservations are not affected The data on the cache will be flushed to the tape COMMAND COMPLETE 00h This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution of a command or a series of linked commands has completed and valid status has been sent to the initiator After it has sent the message successfully the target goes to the BUS FREE phase by releasing BSY If received by the tape unit it is handled as an illegal message the drive returns MESSAGE REJECT and enters the STATUS phase reporting CHECK CONDITION with the sense key set to COMMAND ABORTED DISCONNECT 04h A target sends DISCONNEC
211. ons set out in the radio interference regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications This equipment is in the 2nd Class Category information equipment to be used in a residential area or an adjacent area thereto and conforms to the standards set by the Voluntary Control Council For Interference by Data Processing Equipment and Electronic Office Machines aimed at preventing radio interference in such residential area This equipment meets or exceeds requirements for safety in the U S UL 1950 Canada CSA C22 2 NO 950 and Europe EN60950 IEC 950 requirements and is certified to bear the GS mark by TUV The following FCC Notice applies to DLT2500 and DLT2700 mini library FCC NOTICE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Any changes or modifications made to this equipment may void the user s authority to operate this equipment Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause interference in which case the user at his own expense will be required to take whatever measures may be required to c
212. or loader error Open the door or unload the cartridge from the drive and open the door First ensure the e Magazine contains at least two cartridges e LDR RDY displays e Magazine contains at least one cartridge e LDR RDY displays DRV RDY displays ERR MAG or ERR LDR displays LDR RDY displays 6 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Then you can press this button Select Load Unload Load Unload Load Unload Open Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT2500 DLT2700 Mini Library See Chapter 5 for more information on the functions of the DLT2700 OCP buttons Table 6 2 DLT2700 OCP Button Conditions If you want to First ensure the Then you can press this button Select another slot in the e Magazine contains at Slot Select magazine least two cartridges e Slot Select light is on Load the selected cartridge e Magazine contains at Load Unload into the tape drive least one cartridge e Load Unload light is on Return the selected cartridge Load Unload light is on Load Unload to its original slot in the magazine Clear a magazine or loader e Load Unload light is on Load Unload fault e Magazine Fault or Loader Fault light is on Open the receiver or unload Eject light is on Eject the cartridge from the drive and open the receiver 6 3 Backup Operation Failure Some manual operations if not performed correctly may cause backup operations to fail during BACKUP e Loa
213. ore the update is performed The New 68020 and New Servo sections contain information about the new images The fields within these sections are self explanatory Refer to Table D 6 and Table D 7 for a description of the statuses D 8 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Bits 7 0 POH PC Time Stamp 68020 Fw Update Status Servo Fw Update Status reserved Old 68020 Code Version New 68020 Code Version New 68020 Code SubRev Old 68020 Rel Flag New 68020 Rel Flag reserved reserved Old 68020 Code EDC value New 68020 Code EDC value Old 68020 Code Time Stamp New 68020 Code Time Stamp Old 68020 Code Pers New 68020 Code Pers Old 68020 Code Pers SubRev New 68020 Code Pers SubRev reserved reserved Old Servo Code Version New Servo Code Version reserved reserved 31 Old Servo Code EDC value New Servo Code EDC value 32 Figure D 6 Code Update CUP LOG Packet Layou DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem D 9 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Table D 6 68020 Code Update Status Status Meaning 0 No Update Operation Performed 1 Code Update Operation Successful 50 Personality Lockout 51 Image EDC Check Failed 52 Bad Image 53 Write to FLASH Memory Failed 54 Erase of FLASH Memory Failed 55 FLASH Memory Clear zero Failed 56 Invalid Image Compressed Table D 7 Servo Code Update Status Status _ Meaning 0 No U
214. orrect the interference The shielded interconnect cable shipped with the unit should not be altered or modified in any way The unit shipped without a shielded cable must use a shielded interconnect cable Warning This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Achtung Dieses ist ein Gerat der Funkstorgenzwertklasse A In Wohnbereicghen konnen bei Betrieb dieses Gerates Runfunkstorungen auftreten in welchen Fallen der Benutzer fur entsprechende GengenmaBnahmen verantwortlich ist Attention Ceci est un produit de Classe A Dans un environment domestique ce produit risque de creer des interferences radioelectriques il appartiendra alors a l utilisateur de prendre les mesures specifiques appropriees Table of Contents CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW AND FEATURES OF THE DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 PRODUCT LASINGIAIS CHAPTER 5 45 E A ets octets E E A EE tial se ete ois ds ash ates 1 1 1 2 PRODUCT OVER VIEW ANEAN NE AE tends EET E AET E 1 1 1 3 FAST DATA TRANSFER RATE e e e E a E Ae E E ETE 1 2 14 HIGH ACAPAGTPY E E I R A OE EEN TE Eao 1 2 O COMA TON a a EUR a he 1 2 1 6 STRONG MEDIA a a aa a a a 1 2 TP COMTAT T r a oats eee hte SR eens 1 2 1 8 FIRMWARE UPDATE CAPABILITY cseccccccececessssaececcceceesesaeceeccecseseaeeeseeeceesesseaeeeeeeeeeenees 1 3 1 9 EMBEDDED DIAGNOSTICS ccccceesessscececececsesecececececseaaececececsesssae
215. ositioned These addresses start at zero and include data blocks and filemarks so they could also be considered an object address DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 27 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 7 LOG SELECT 4Ch Operation Code 4Ch AC O M E MSB Parameter List Length o o neoe J Fa J un Figure 8 12 LOG SELECT CDB LOG SELECT allows the host to manage statistical information maintained by the device about its own hardware or the installed media The description should be read in conjunction with the description of the LOG SENSE command which follows it to provide the reader with information about log page format parameters and supported pages The command specific bits are used as follows PCR If Parameter Code Reset bit is set to 1 and parameter list length is 0 all accumulated values of page code 2 3 and 32 are set to zero and all threshold values are set to default If PCR is set to 1 and the Parameter List Length Field is not zero the command will be terminated with a CHECK CONDITION Status with Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB SP The Save Page bit is not supported and must be set to zero If the SP bit is set the command will be terminated with CHECK CONDITION Status with Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB PC The Page Control field defines the type of parameter values to be selected 8 28 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsys
216. ot green Operate Handle light flashes When you recommended lower the handle the cartridge loads d A cartridge is not The yellow Tape In Use light turns off The present and the handle green Operate Handle light flashes When you could be up not lower the handle the cartridge loads recommended DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 13 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive Table 3 2 POST Sequence of Events Cont d Stage What Happens Drive State e The drive detects an error condition Indicator Displays and Actions Then all right or left side lights blink repeatedly You may try to unload the tape and reinitialize the drive by pressing the Unload button or turn drive power off and then on again The right or left side lights stop blinking and the drive tries to reinitialize The lights turn on steady again and turn off if the test succeeds POST completes in about 15 seconds and the drive responds normally to all commands However it might take longer for the media to become ready After a bus reset the tape drive responds within a bus selection timeout period Use this table to determine the drive s operating condition Table 3 3 Determining the Drive s Operating Condition Label Color Light Right front panel Write Protected Orange Tape in Use Yellow Use Cleaning Tape Yellow State On Off Blinking On On Remains on after you unload the cleaning tape After
217. pdate Operation Performed 1 Code Update Operation Successful 2 Servo Update Not Necessary 10 Servo Code Update Inhibited 20 Servo Image Validation Failed 21 Bad Initial Poll 22 Servo Family Mismatch 23 Servo FLASH Erase Failed 24 Erase Time Out 25 Image Transmit Failed 26 Bad Final Poll 27 Invalid Final Code Check 28 BOT Time Out 29 Invalid_Lamp_Status D 10 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem AC Power Cord A 4 Acoustic noise emissions A 22 Altitude environmental specifications A 14 ATTENTION signal responses 8 5 Automatic mode 5 5 5 7 BACKUP command Automatic mode 5 7 Backup failures 6 3 Beeper 3 11 Bugcheck Packets D 2 BUS FREE 8 7 BUS PARITY ERRORS 8 7 Bus termination 2 7 Button functions conditions 6 2 Button operation conditions for 6 3 Buttons operating 4 9 C Cables connecting 2 5 SCSI signal cable 2 6 Capacity 1 2 Cartridge 3 17 4 20 acclimatization 3 26 checking the tape leader 6 4 ejection 5 19 guidelines for care 3 26 handling 3 26 inserting into magazine 5 20 labeling 3 26 loading 3 20 5 17 positioning the write protect switch 3 17 preserving 3 26 removing from the magazine 5 23 storage 3 26 Index unloading 3 24 5 18 using a 3 22 using cleaning tape cartridge 3 23 write protect switch 5 20 Cartridge insert release handle when to operate 3 11 Cartridge before loading 4 21 Cartridge insert 4 23 Cartridge loading into drive 4 27 Car
218. perating Nonoperating Humidity Operating Nonoperating Certifications EMI Safety Table A 1 DLT2000 Physical Specifications Drive 5 1 4 inch FH modified depth 82 5 mm 3 25 in without bezel 86 3 mm 3 4 in with bezel 144 8 mm 5 7 in behind bezel 148 3 mm 5 84 in with bezel 228 6 mm 9 0 in measured from back of front bezel 243 8 mm 9 6 in including the bezel 2 9 kg 6 lb 7 oz 3 86 kg 8 lb 8 oz depending on configuration 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F 40 C to 66 C 40 F to 150 8 F 20 to 80 noncondensing 10 to 95 Meets VCCi Class 1 CISPR 22 Class A FCC Class A devices Class B Verified Meets UL CSA TUV BG MARK and IEC standards Table Top 146 6 mm 5 77 in 235 mm 9 25 in 332 mm 13 08 in 7 1 kg 15 b 9 0 oz 10 85 kg 23 Ib depending on configuration 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F 40 C to 66 C 40 F to 150 8 F 20 to 80 noncondensing 10 to 95 Meets CEmark Class B VCCi Class 2 CISPR 22 Class B FCC Class B FCC ID HOM DLTXX Meets UL CSA TUV BG MARK and IEC standards A 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Description Electrical rating Auto ranging Power Requirements Power Consumption 5 Volt Bus 12 Volt Bus Communication interface MTBF Technical Specifications Table A 1 DLT2000 Physical Specifications cont d Drive 5 1 4 inch FH modified depth D C Supply D C 22 W steady sta
219. radiates radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by tuning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures 1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver 3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected 4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help The shielded interconnect cable shipped with the unit should not be altered or modified in any way The unit shipped without a shielded interconnect cable must use a shielded interconnect cable The user may find the following booklet prepared by the Federal Communications Commission helpful How to Identify and Resolve Radio TV Interference Problems This booklet is available from the U S Government Printing Office Washington D C 20402 Stock No 004 00398 5 All external I O cables connecting to this unit need to be shielded See the User Manual or installation instructions for more options This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissi
220. ransfer assembly into the enclosure and locks the receiver closed The key has four modes Mode Use OCP Disabled Operational Automatic Operational Manual Operational Service Servicing procedures 5 4 1 OCP Disabled Mode When the magazine is inserted into the receiver and the receiver is closed the loader transfer assembly scans the magazine The first cartridge in the magazine automatically loads into the drive When you copy data to the tape operations stop if one of the following happens e Storage capacity of the last tape cartridge is exceeded e No tape cartridge is in the next sequential slot in the magazine To lock the DLT2700 subsystem into the enclosure and lock the receiver set the Mode Select key to OCP Disabled The OCP pushbuttons are disabled The following results of setting the Mode Select key to OCP disabled are e The OCP pushbuttons are disabled e SCSI media changer commands are disabled e If the receiver were open and a magazine were then inserted the lowest numbered cartridge is automatically loaded into the drive Subsequently issuing the SCSI unload command would unload the cartridge and load the next higher numbered cartridge DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 5 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library Figure 5 2 shows the operator s control panel OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL MODE SELECT KEY OCP DISABLED AUTOMATIC MODE CURRENT SLOT INDICATOR
221. ration Table 5 3 Loader Power On Self Test Phase What Happens 1 When you power on the DLT2700 the Loader Fault and Power On lights on the loader OCP are on 2 One second later all lights are on Within 15 seconds POST of the loader mechanics completes e If the Magazine Fault and Loader Fault lights turn off loader POST succeeded e If the Magazine Fault and Loader Fault lights stay on loader POST failed 3 A few seconds later the drive controller resets the loader Loader POST starts again If Then POST The Magazine Fault and Loader Fault lights Passed turn off and shortly after all OCP lights but Power On turn off The Magazine Fault and Loader Fault lights Failed stay on Note If the Magazine Fault or Loader Fault lights remain on POST detected an error See Chapter 6 for error conditions 3 The elevator scans the magazine to determine which slots contain cartridges DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 15 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library Table 5 3 Loader Power On Self Test cont d Phase What Happens 6 If the subsystem magazine has a cartridge in slot 0 and no cartridge is in the drive these lights should be on e Power On e Eject e Load Unload e Slot Select e Slot 0 5 16 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library 5 8 Slot Select Load Unload and Eject Button Functions The Slot Select Lo
222. rbitrarily long duration It will recover within the time limits specified above following the last bus reset DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 3 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 2 6 Data Cache and Tape Write Interaction The DLT2000 contains a data cache that buffers blocks records until they are written This section defines specific times that blocks shall be written to tape A Mode Select parameter allows the data cache to be disabled unbuffered mode In this mode every WRITE command will cause the data to be written to the media before the STATUS byte and the COMMAND COMPLETE message is returned to the host Unbuffered mode is not recommended due to the poor performance that will result NOTE Unbuffered mode is not recommended due to the poor performance that will result The write data cache shall be written flushed to the media under the following circumstances e When WRITE FILEMARKS command is issued with the immediate bit is set to zero e When a WRITE 0 FILEMARKS command is issued e Data in the cache longer than specified by the value of the Mode Parameter Write Delay Time shall be automatically written to media e When a nonwrite type media access command is received for example SPACE READ UNLOAD e When a SCSI Bus Reset or a Bus Device Reset message is received 8 2 7 Other SCSI Functionality 1 Linked commands are supported 2 Untagged queuing is supported 3 The DLT2000 does not use the
223. re 8 37 Medium Partition Page Format Maximum Additional Partitions No additional partitions are supported this field must be zero Additional Partitions Defined The field specifies the number of additional partitions to be defined for the tape based on the settings of the SDP and IDP bits The maximum allowed is the value returned in the Maximum Additional Partitions field Since only one partition is supported this field must be zero Option Flags FDP Fixed Data Partitions bit must be zero SDP Select Data Partitions bit must be zero IDP Initiator Defined Partitions bit must be zero PSUM Partition Size Unit of Measure field must be zero Medium Format Recognition This field is only valid on a MODE SENSE and is set to O1h indicating that automatic Format Recognition is supported 8 60 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 8 Read Write Error Recovery Page 01h The drive shall support the Error Recovery Page which has the following format Bit miele oleh sofe reon Figure 8 38 Error Recovery Page Format S 0 N ae a Byte In this page only the Post Error PER flag parameter is changeable If PER is set Check Conditions will be created with Sense Key of Recovered Error and VU Sense Data detailing the cause Normally these events should be rare and only occur if the recovered write or read retry rates reach excessive levels Option Flags e TB The Tran
224. re 8 7 Supported Vital Product Data Pages 8 22 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Bit le B ae bR B K Jo O Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type Byte Page Length OAh Figure 8 8 Unit Serial Number page Serial Number The serial number is the serial number of the printed circuit card mounted on the bottom of the DLT2000 It can be found on the bar code label The serial number is returned in ASCII Bit 7 d sas fo lo Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type mo o Page Code COh Page Length 20h Servo Firmware Checksum Servo EEPROM Checsum Figure 8 9 Firmware Build Information page VU The checksums are binary and are for positive Firmware and EEPROM identification Firmware Build Date is an ASCII string in the DD Mmm YY YY HH MM SS format DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 23 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 4 4 Media Loader Inquiry Response The DLT2000 controller generates INQUIRY Data on the Medium Changer LUN that is very similar to that of the tape drive LUN The key differences are e Peripheral Device Type is set to 8 for SCSI 2 Medium Changer e Product ID bytes are set to DLT2500 or DLT2700 for 5 or 7 cartridge loader respectively 8 24 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 5 LOAD UNLOAD 1Bh Bit epee ane ale CA Figure 8 10 LOAD UNLOAD CDB LOAD UNLOAD tells the target to load or unload the media
225. reaches its defined maximum value it shall not increment and DU bit shall be set to 1 If the data counter is at or reaches its maximum value during the execution of a command the drive will complete the command If the RLEC bit of CONTROL MODE PAGE is 1 the drive then will issue the status of CHECK CONDITION and set the sense key to RECOVERED ERROR with additional sense code set to LOG COUNTER AT MAXIMUM Parameter Length This field specifies the number of bytes of the parameter value Parameter Value This field is the actual value of this log parameter 8 40 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 8 3 Last n Error Events Page 07h This page returns one parameter at a time that consists of the ASCII text for the specified event log The Parameter Number field in the CDB specifies the log event to return The log events EEROM are numbered 0 to 255 after which the number wraps back to 0 and only a limited number of events are stored at a given time up to 14 The log event returned is the one whose number is equal to or the first one greater than the Parameter Number specified in the CDB Parameter Code Parameter code values are assigned from 0 to 27 where 0 would be the oldest event stored and the highest parameter code returned would be the most recent event Hex ASCII String The text of the parameter includes a Packet which is a value from 0 to 255 This internal number is assigned when t
226. read ahead data in the buffer allows some spacing requests to be satisfied without tape movement DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 121 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 23 TEST UNIT READY 00h Bit ae ee cee ee Figure 8 77 TEST UNIT READY CDB TEST UNIT READY checks if the drive unit is ready for commands involving tape movement If the drive has a tape loaded the command returns a GOOD status Otherwise CHECK CONDITION is reported It is possible to get multiple check conditions on a TEST UNIT READY command because of power cycle code update and tape loaded 8 4 23 1 Medium Changer Considerations When directed at the Media Loader LUN this command will return Check Condition Sense Key or Not Ready if e The Mode Select key switch is in the Service mode and there is no 24V signal usually means the loader assembly has been moved out of its sleeve enough to trip the 24V interlock 8 122 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 24 VERIFY 13h Bit Operation Code 13h MSB Verification Length Ae e Figure 8 78 VERIFY CDB VERIFY verifies one or more blocks beginning with the next block on the tape Both CRC and EDCs are validated Immed If this bit is set the Verify command will complete before any media movement is done that is when processing has been initiated BC This bit selects a CRC ECC verification or a byte by byte compare If the BC bit is cle
227. recisely identify the revision of subsystem components Bit Byte Module Revision Figure 8 6 INQUIRY Vendor Unique Bytes Definition Vendor Specific Inquiry Bytes To more precisely identify the product and the installed firmware additional information is available Released Flag This flag differentiates between released and test versions of firmware One indicates released code Vxxx or field test code Txxx Released code has no Minor FW Version number byte 38 is 0 Field Test and engineering versions of code have non zero Minor FW Version numbers for tracking purposes Various Version Numbers In binary not ASCII see figure Firmware Personality Numeric indicator of firmware personality Set to 4 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 21 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Sub Personality Further differentiates product versions currently set to a 1 Loader Present Nonzero if a media loader is present Library Present Nonzero if a library is attached Module Revision A four byte ASCII string represents the revision of the ECM module 8 4 4 3 Vital Product Data Pages The following figures show the information in the supported Vital Product Data Pages Bit 7 te bh hkh b bk h b O Peripheral Qualifier_ Peripheral Device Type po Page Code 00h O po Reserved S O 2 Reserved 1 3 Page Length 3 more bytes 00h this page 80h Unit Serial Number page COh Firmware Build Info page VU Figu
228. requirements electromagnetic interference susceptibility regulatory requirements and reliability factors Appendix B Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information describes the internal status codes for the DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 product Appendix C Sense Key Information lists the sense key information for the DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 product DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 1 Overview and Features of the DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Product 1 1 In This Chapter Chapter 1 includes the following main topics and sections Topic Section Product Overview 1 2 Fast Data Transfer Rate 1 3 High Capacity 1 4 Compaction 1 5 Strong Media 1 6 Compatibility 1 7 Firmware Update Capability 1 8 Embedded Diagnostics 1 9 1 2 Product Overview The DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 is a high performance high capacity streaming cartridge tape product designed for use on midrange and high end computing systems Using data compression and compaction the DLT2000 drive features a formatted capacity of 30 GB and a sustained user data transfer rate of 2 5 MB s The DLT2000 is a 5 25 inch form factor half inch tape drive The design includes a dual channel read write head Lempel Ziv LZ high efficiency data compression and tape mark directory to maximize data throughput and minimize data access time The DLT2500 is a tape mini library that performs automatic tape operations The DLT2500 includes the tape drive and a 5 cartridge SC
229. rerereresreee 6 5 6 5 3 DLT2500 Drive Error Description sessesesesseesssrressssrsreeresreersserrrsresrenrrseerrrsresrene 6 5 6 5 4 DLT2500 Controller Error Description ee eee eeceeeceseeceecaeeeseeeeeeneeeeneenaes 6 5 6 5 5 DLT2500 Unknown Error Description eee eeeeeeeseeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeneees 6 6 6 5 5 1 DLT2500 Clearing a Loader Drive Controller or Unknown e eee 6 6 6 6 DLT2700 ERROR CONDITIONS ccsssccssscesscecesecesscecsseceseeecsseeseseecseeesseecsseseeasecsseeeesaeeeas 6 6 6 6 1 DLT2700 Magazine Fault Cases 0 0 eee eesseeceeecesecesecssecaecseecaeesseseaeenseenseenaes 6 6 6 6 2 DLT2700 Loader Fault Description 0 eee eee eeceeecesecenecneeceeecaeeeseeeeeneeeseenaes 6 8 6 FIPOWER PROBLEMS ean A sacetiok oa RO A edd 6 8 CHAPTER 7 FIRMWARE UPDATE 7 1 IN THIS CHAPTER nvo S2ses hela te did tl ee iti Sh ev ees a ei 7 1 7 2 DLT2000 FIRMWARE UPDATE OVERVIEW c sccesessceceessececessececsnseeceesaeeecsesueeecseeeeenens 7 1 7 2 1 Before Doing the Procedure ceeeceesceceseceesceceseeeenceceeeeencecaceeeaeeceaeeceeneesaeeeeee 7 2 7 3 CREATING A FIRMWARE UPDATE TAPE cccssssscecsescecessseeecsesecescseseecesneeecseaeeeeseeeeenees 7 4 TB WOn UN X Systems ne ease unset ese g eats EA E RTTA 7 4 7 4 FIRMWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE ssscccesssecesssseececsenceceesaececseceecessneeecnsaaeeecsenaeeesseeeeeneaae 7 5 7 4 1 Updating the Firmware on DLT2000 Drive Only Configuration 0
230. reservation remains in effect until one of the following conditions is met e The initiator that made the reservation sends another RESERVE UNIT command e The drive is released by RELEASE UNIT from the same initiator e ABUS DEVICE RESET message is received from any initiator e A hard reset occurs The occurrence of the last two conditions is indicated by the drive returning a CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of UNIT ATTENTION on the next command following the condition It is not an error to issue RESERVE UNIT to a drive that is currently reserved to the requesting initiator If the logical unit has previously been reserved by another initiator the target returns a RESERVATION CONFLICT status If after honoring the reservation any other initiator attempts to perform any command except INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE or RELEASE UNIT the command is rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status A RELEASE UNIT command issued by another initiator is ignored by that reserved logical unit 3rdPty The third party reservation option for RESERVE UNIT allows an initiator to reserve a logical unit for another SCSI device This option is intended for systems that use COPY and is implemented by the drive If the third party 3rdPty bit is zero then the third party reservation option is not requested If the 3rdPty bit is one RESERVE UNIT reserves the logical unit for the 8 112 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Inter
231. ressed data The RED field must be 00h Compression Algorithm The Compression Algorithm field indicates which compression algorithm the DLT2000 will use to process data from the initiator when the DCE bit byte 02 bit 7 is 1 The only value currently supported for this field is 10h Note Specifying a value other than 10h for this field causes the DLT2000 to return Check Condition status with the sense key set to Illegal Request 5h Decompression Algorithm The Decompression Algorithm field indicates which decompression algorithm the DLT2000 will use when decompressing data encountered on the tape The only value currently supported for this field is 10h Note Specifying a value other than 10h for this field causes the DLT2000 to return Check Condition status with the sense key set to Illegal Request 5h 8 54 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 5 Device Configuration Page 10h The drive supports the Device Configuration Page which has the following format Bit T7 1 resp ef Pawson Write Delay Time o eorom eee sew a Buffer Size at Early Warning optional LSB Select Data Compression Algorithm Figure 8 34 Device Configuration Page Format In this page only the Write Delay Time and Select Data Compression Algorithm parameters are changeable PS Must be zero CAP CAF Active Format These fields are not supported and must be zero on MODE S
232. ression Algorithm Figure 8 51 Device Configuration Page Format Byte E ie E is PS Saving parameters is not supported and will be zero CAP CAF Active Format These fields are not supported and will be zero Active Partition Only partition 0 is supported 8 80 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Write Buffer Full Ratio and Read Buffer Empty Ratio These indicate how full empty the buffer memory should be before restarting the writing reading of the media The DLT2000 will set these fields to zero unused because it uses an automatic adaptive mechanism to dynamically adjust its full empty ratios according to the average data rates over the SCSI bus Write Delay Time This indicates the maximum time that the drive will wait with a partially full buffer before forcing the data to tape 100 ms increments Note that the buffer full empty ratio which is dynamic can cause data to be written sooner than the Write Delay time would indicate The Write Delay Time defaults to 200 C8h This causes the buffer to be flushed in 20 seconds Maximum value is 6500 1964h and the minimum is 15 Fh This represents delays from almost 11 minutes down to 1 5 seconds Byte 8 DBR set to 0 Data buffer recovery not supported BIS set to 1 Block Identifiers Supported in media format RSmk set to 0 Setmarks not supported AVC set to 0 SOCF set to 0 RBO set to 0 REW set to 0 Do not report Early War
233. rface 8 4 12 READ 08h Bit real eee ae Byte Transfer Length 4 Figure 8 57 READ CDB READ transfers one or more data blocks to the initiator starting with the next block on the drive Fixed This bit specifies the meaning of the Transfer Length field and whether fixed length or variable length blocks are to be transferred If the Fixed bit is set to zero a Variable Block mode is requested A single block is transferred with the Transfer Length specifying the maximum number of bytes the initiator has allocated for the returned data If the Fixed bit is set to one the Transfer Length specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the initiator This is valid only if the logical unit is currently operating in Fixed Block mode When the Transfer Length is zero no data is transferred and the current position on the logical unit is not changed A successful READ with the Fixed bit set to one transfers current block length x Transfer Length bytes of data to the host Upon termination of READ the media is logically positioned after the last block transferred EOM side Suppress Incorrect Length Indicator SILI If the SILI bit is one and the fixed bit is one the target shall terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key shall be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD in CDB If the SILI bit is not set and the actual block length is different from the specifie
234. s Filemarks Sequential Filemarks End of Data Figure 8 76 SPACE Code Definition For 2 6 and 6 0 GB format the drive supports count values 0 1 and 2 only For 10 0 GB format compress or noncompress the count value can be from 0 to FFFFFFh 8 120 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Count When spacing over blocks or marks the Count field is interpreted as follows e A positive value N causes forward movement over N blocks or marks The tape is logically positioned after the Nth block or mark on the EOM P side e A zero value causes no change in the logical position e A negative value N two s complement notation causes reverse movement over N blocks or marks The tape is logically positioned on the BOM P side of the Nth block or mark e When spacing to EOD the Count field is ignored Forward movement occurs until the drive encounters EOD The position is such that a subsequent WRITE command would append data after the last object that has been written to tape before EOD When executing SPACE the drive implements the following hierarchy Blocks lowest Filemarks EOD BOM P or EOM P highest Therefore SPACE N blocks will halt with GOOD status after the Nth block or with CHECK CONDITION status on any occurrence of Filemark EOD BOM P or EOM P A space N Filemarks will halt on the Nth Filemark or on any occurrence of EOD BOM P or EOM P and so on Depending on the size of blocks
235. s 2 PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION soora aie eate eSa ter Eeee ee ioen Neea sobs Cer dott Te aeei A 2 A 2 1 Identifying the Correct AC Power Cord sesseseeeseeesssreesrseeeresrrrrerrrresreseeersseeees A 4 A 3 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS ccscsssesscssessessessessesssesecsesssesesesesseseseseseeesseneseeseees A 11 A 3 Nominal Tape Tension nissin aso e eero tapeo nesei aE S o E ESSE IRES eSt A 11 x DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Table of Contents A 3 2 DLT2000 Timing Characteristics 0 0 00 eeeeceeceseceeceseceeecaeecaeeeneseesenseesseenaees A 11 A 3 3 DLT2500xt Media Loader Timing Characteristics eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneees A 12 A 3 4 DLT2700 Media Loader Timing Characteristics eee ceseseeeeseeeseeeeeeeseeesees A 12 A 4 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS ccscsessssssesecseseeseceeseeseseesevsesessaesesessavsesessareeeaees A 12 A 4 1 Temperature and Humidity eee ce eccceceeecesecesecesecssecsaecseecaeeeaeseeeeeeeeneees A 13 A42 Altitude en e eae Rain eso ie ieee iin ae nS A 14 A 5 VIBRATION AND SHOCK SPECIFICATIONS 0 s cssscceseseeseseeseseceeeseeecseeseeecseeseseeseeseeens A 15 A 5 1 Operating Shock and Vibration 20 0 eecesecssecseecseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseceseenaees A 15 A 5 2 Nonoperating Shock and Vibrattion cee cee csecseeesecssecseecneeeeeeeaeeeeeeneees A 16 A 6 ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE EMI SUSCEPTIBILITY c cccssscesseeseceseeeeseeens A 19 A 6 1 Electromagnetic Emissio
236. s and controls Power on Self test the tape cartridge write protect switch loading a cartridge using the cleaning tape unloading a cartridge and preserving cartridges Chapter 4 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library includes configuration selecting density and other operation information for the loader such as the power on process the loader Mode Select key the operator control panel and functions of the Slot Select Load Unload and Eject buttons Chapter 5 Configuring and Operating the DLT2700 Mini Library includes configuration selecting density and other operation information for the loader such as the power on process the loader Mode Select key the operator control panel and functions of the Slot Select Load Unload and Eject buttons Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT2500 DLT2700 Mini Library gives instructions on how to clear failures and describes the necessary conditions to ensure the loader OCP pushbuttons operate effectively Chapter 7 Firmware Update From Tape provides an overview on updating the firmware describes how to create a firmware update tape and tells how to update the firmware Chapter 8 DLT2000 SCSI Interface details the SCSI protocol features of the DLT2000 tape subsystem Appendix A Technical Specifications gives product specifications including physical dimensions performance specifications power requirements environmental specifications vibration and shock
237. s that the parameter data requested from the device will start with the parameter code specified in the Parameter Pointer field and return the number of bytes specified in the Allocation Length field in ascending order of parameter codes from the specified log page A PPC bit of zero and a Parameter Point field of zero causes all available parameter data for that page code to be returned to the initiator Note The current implementation of the Read Write Compression Page does not support a parameter pointer other than zero If PPC bit is set or the Parameter Pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the page then the target will terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION 8 34 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB If the target does not support a parameter code within this page then it will not return any data associated with this parameter SP Saving log parameters is not supported and shall be always zero If the SP bit is set the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB PC The Page Control field defines the type of parameter values to be returned Type of Parameter Values Threshold Values Cumulative Values Default Threshold Values Default Cumulative Values
238. s to be rejected MESSAGE REJECT is issued in response to any messages the drive considers to be illegal or not supported When sending to the initiator the tape device will do so before requesting any additional message bytes NO OP NO OPERATION 08h If a target requests a message the initiator sends NO OP if it does not currently have any other valid message to send The message is accepted when the drive is acting as a target and may be sent when it is an initiator If NO OP is received during a selection the drive proceeds to the COMMAND phase provided ATN does not continue being asserted The NO OP message is ignored by the tape drive RESTORE POINTERS 03h This message is sent from a target to direct the initiator to restore the most recently saved pointers for the currently attached logical unit Pointers to the command data and status locations for the logical unit are restored to the active pointers Command and Status pointers are restored to the beginning of the present Command and Status areas The Data pointer is restored to the value at the beginning of the data area in the absence of a SAVE DATA POINTER message or to the value at the last SAVE DATA POINTER message that occurred for that logical unit When the RESTORE POINTERS message is received as a target the target switches to the message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT SAVE DATA POINTER 02h This message sent from a target to the initiator saves a
239. scccesssececssececesseeecsssseceessececeeaeeeesssaeeeens A 11 A 6 DLT2500XT MEDIA LOADER TIMING CHARACTERISTICS cccsccccecsssceceestseeessseeeeens A 12 A 7 DLT2700 MEDIA LOADER TIMING CHARACTERISTICS ssccccssssececssseecesseeeesseseeeees A 12 A 8 OPERATING RANGES 00 cccccccesssccecesscececsceecsessecccnsssececsseeecseasececnessececseeeceeaeeeensesaeeees A 13 A 9 POWER ON RANGES NO TAPE LOADED UNPACKED 72 HOURS csccccssecesseeeeeees A 13 A 10 STORAGE RANGES UNPACKED OR PACKED ssscesssssssseecsseceeceeeecsseeeesaeeeeeeesaeens A 14 A T SHIPMENT RANGES 5 3 0 a a e e cochoasdubca tebecotsenecnetuadbects A 14 A 12 OPERATING VIBRATION SPECIFICATIONS ccccssssccecssececeessececesscececssececessaeecenssaeeeens A 15 A 13 OPERATING SHOCK SPECIFICATIONS cccecscscccssscececssececeeseeecssseececsseeecessaceeesssaeeeens A 15 A 14 NONOPERATING SHOCK OVERSTRESS BENCH HANDLING UNPACKAGED SPECIFICATIONS ea Fda eas ace age ec BatS La TS EAE TN ERE oe BBN cs A 16 A 15 NONOPERATING PACKAGED VIBRATION SPECIFICATIONS c cccsscceesseesseceseeeesseens A 16 A 16 NONOPERATING PACKAGED REPETITIVE SHOCK SPECIFICATIONS c cccesseeeseeees A 17 A 17 NONOPERATING PACKAGED SHOCK DROP SPECIFICATIONS cccsssseeeeeseeeeees A 17 A 18 NONOPERATING UNPACKAGE VIBRATION SPECIFICATIONS cccssccessseessecesseeesseees A 17 A 19 NONOPERATING UNPACKAGED SHOCK SPECIFICATIONS ccscccsssscesseeeseee
240. seeeesseens A 18 A 20 CONDUCTED EMISSIONS w arres enaere r eiee aaas r a erae peara E eneo eE R aae EOE A 20 A 21 RADIATED EMISSIONS 30 MHZ TO 30 GHZ cccccccssscccesssececesscececssseeceesaeeeessseeeeens A 20 A 22 LOW FREQUENCY MAGNETIC FIELDS 10 TO 3000 KHZ 000 ccccccecsesccceesseceeesseeeeens A 20 A 23 HIGH FREQUENCY ELECTRIC FIELDS 1 TO 1000 MHZ cccceccesccceessseeeessseeeens A 21 A 24 FAST TRANSIENT BURSTS FOR POWER AND DATA CABLES ccssccessseeeeeesseesneeees A 21 A 25 HIGH ENERGY TRANSIENT VOLTAGE FOR POWER CABLES c cccccsescecesssseeessseeeeens A 21 A 26 LOW LEVEL CONDUCTED INTERFERENCE ccssssccecssscecessececesssececsseeecesaseeesseseeeens A 21 A 27 ESD FAILURE LEVEL LIMITS 0 c cccccsescccesssecccesscececnsececessseeecsssseceeneeecesaceeenssaeeeens A 22 A 28 ACOUSTIC NOISE EMISSIONS NOMINAL cccsssscceessececesssececesseececsseeecessaseeesssseeeens A 22 A 29 RELTABILITY FACTORS 32sec e e a a S ded Er T coabunsta bovaccesnuguides sbantecentandvenaaecte ee A 25 A 30 COMPACT APE RECORDING MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS ccsscccesscececssececesseeeessseeeeees A 26 B 1 INTERNAL STATUS CODE ccccccccessceceessececesssececsseceeceesseeecessseeecssseeesenseeecessseesenseseeeenaes B 1 B 2 INTERNAL STATUS BIT FLAGS arrir n a a a a B 3 D T EEROM LOG PACKET YPES r a aae e a e ase ea eis D 2 D 2 BUGCHECK ERROR CODES eles cfedese inn a a a E E ea D 3 D 3 EVENT LOG CODES 0
241. sfer Block when not fully recovered function is not supported e EER The Enable Early Recovery function is always enabled e PER The Post Error bit turns on reporting of Check Condition to report recovered read write errors The default setting of this bit is zero e DTE The Disable Transfer on Error feature is not supported so this bit must be zero e DCR The Disable ECC Correction bit feature is not supported so this bit must be zero DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 61 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Read Retry Count This field reports the maximum number of rereads that are done before declaring an unrecoverable error Write Retry Count This field reports the maximum number of overwrite retries that will be performed before declaring an unrecoverable error 8 62 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 9 EEROM Vendor Unique Page 3Eh The drive shall support a vendor unique page which you can use to modify savable parameters Only one savable parameter may be changed per Mode Select command It has the following format Je Page oe Additional Page Length ASCII String of parameter name and value Figure 8 39 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Format The ASCII string has a parameter name followed by one or more space characters a parameter value and an ASCII line feed or null character When the string is parsed the parameter value will be interpreted as indicated in the following
242. sferred 8 10 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface IDENTIFY 80h FFh These messages are sent either by the initiator or by the target to establish or reestablish the physical connection path between an initiator and target for a particular logical unit The message byte consists of the following bits Bit 7 Always set to one Bit 6 Set by initiator if target is allowed to disconnect reconnect Bit 5 Must be set to zero Target Routines not supported Bit 4 Reserved Must be set to zero Bit 3 Reserved Must be set to zero Bits 2 0 Logical Unit Number LUN When the Identify message is sent from a target to an initiator during reconnection a RESTORE POINTERS message is implied INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR 05h This message is sent from an initiator to inform a target that an error for example a bus parity error has occurred that does not prevent the target from trying the operation again When received the DLT2000 attempts to retransfer the last command data or status bytes by using the RESTORE POINTERS message mechanism LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE 0Ah This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution of a linked command with the Flag bit zero is complete and that status has been sent The initiator then sets the pointers to the initial state for the next command When received as a target it is handled as an illegal message the drive enters the M
243. sferred over the SCSI bus A block length of zero indicates that the length is variable specified in the I O command Any other value indicates the number of bytes per block to use for read write and verify type commands that specify a Fixed bit of i e fixed block mode which also causes the transfer length in the CDB to be defined as a block count DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 49 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 2 MODE SELECT Pages Following the Block Descriptor are the MODE SELECT pages which set the device parameters Each page has a 2 byte header which identifies the page code and indicates the number of bytes in that page The supported Page Codes are as follows Page Code Description Sense Select Control Mode Page Data Compression Page Device Configuration Disconnect Reconnect Error Recovery Page Medium Partition EEPROM Parameter Figure 8 31 MODE SELECT Pages Supported PS Bit For the MODE SELECT command this bit is reserved For the MODE SENSE command a Parameters Savable PS bit of one indicates that the page can be saved in nonvolatile memory by the drive If the PS bit is zero the supported parameters cannot be saved Saveable pages are not supported Additional Page Length This indicates the number of bytes in that page However the value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT If
244. sical device on this logical unit For this case the Peripheral Device Type will be set to 1Fh Peripheral Device Type On the tape drive LUN this field is set to Olh indicating a sequential access device On the Medium Changer LUN this field is set to 08h All other LUNs will return 1 FH 8 18 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Other Inquiry Data Fields The rest of the fields in the Inquiry Response are used as follows e Bytel RMB The Removable Medium bit is one Device Type Modifier Set to 0 e Byte2 IOS Version Set to 0 ECMA Version Set to 0 ANSI Approved Version Set to 02h indicating compliance with SCSI 2 e Byte 3 ANEC Set to 0 Asynchronous Event Notification not supported TrmIOP Set to 1 TERMINATE I O PROCESS message supported Response Data Format Set to 2 Inquiry Data in SCSI 2 format e Byte 4 Additional Length The tape drive sets this field to indicate the number of additional bytes of INQUIRY Response Data available e Byte 6 All bits set to zero except MChner Set to 1 if an integrated Media Loader is present and EEROM parameter EnbIngMedChgr is set to 1 This SCSI 3 bit indicates that the Read Element Status and Move Medium commands can be issued to the drive LUN 0 By default this bit is off on the DLT4000 products e Byte 7 All bits set to zero except Sync Set to 1 synchronous data transfer supported Linked Set to 1 linked comma
245. ssing 5A 01 Operator Media Removal Request e Medium Error 3 04 02 Unit Not Ready Load command needed OC 00 Write Error 11 00 Unrecovered Read Error 11 08 Unrecovered Read Error Incomplete block read 14 00 Recorded Entity Not Found 15 02 Position error detected by read of medium 30 00 Can t Read Medium 3B 00 Sequential positioning error 3B 08 Repositioning error 51 00 Erase Failure 80 00 Calibration Error 80 01 Cleaning Required 81 00 Directory Read Error e Hardware Error 4 08 00 LUN Communication Failure 08 01 LUN Communication Timeout Failure 15 01 Random Mechanical Positioning Error 21 01 Invalid Element Address 3B 08 Repositioning error 3B OD Media Destination Element Full 3B OE Media Source Element Empty 40 80 Diagnostic POST failure ROM EDC failure 40 81 Diagnostic POST failure RAM failure C 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Sense Key Information 40 82 Diagnostic POST failure bad drive status 40 83 Diagnostic POST failure loader diags failure 40 84 Diagnostic POST failure POST soft failure 44 00 Internal Target Failure 44 80 Unexpected selection interrupt 44 83 SCSI chip gross error 44 84 Unexplained residue in TC registers 44 85 Immediate data transfer timeout 44 86 Insufficient CDB bytes 44 87 Disconnect SDP sequence failed 44 88 Bus DMA transfer timeout 48 00 IDE Message received 47 00 SCSI Parity Error 51 00 Erase Failure 53 00 Media Load Eject Failure 53 01 Unload tape failur
246. ssssscassaheestes sschsetsdasssonesspesesetbsesbepessascbsegesanness 4 19 4 9 DESCRIPTION OF THE TAPE CARTRIDGE ccccsesseceessececeseceeecsneeeceseaeeeceneeeceesneeeeneaaeees 4 20 vi DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Table of Contents 4 9 1 Tape Cartridge positioning the write protect SWitCh oe eee ceeeceeeeeeee eee 4 20 4 92 Data protechone 4 8 todo Seis ie he RE eS RE ese 4 21 4 10 DESCRIPTION OF THE MAGAZINE ecsescsessescsseseeecsseseeecaecaseaesecaseaeeecaseaseeeaseasereateas 4 22 4 10 1 Insert cartridge Magazine ee lees eeeeeeecesecesecseceaecsaecsaecaeeeseseaeeeeeeeeees 4 23 4 10 2 Removing Cartrid Se sn ioniene orerar nie EErEE EE OEE spusbuaceosbeceees 4 25 4 10 3 Magazine removing from mini library sssessseeessesereesssresrssrsrrerrsresreseeereseeees 4 26 4 10 4 Magazine installing i cosseks rert ra aE er E E EEE Eas 4 26 4 10 5 Selecting a Cartridge from the Magazine cece eee eeseeeecneeereeeeeeeeeeeeeeereneeens 4 27 4 10 6 Loading cartridge into the Drive eee eee cess ceseceseceneceaecneecaeesseeeaeeeeeees 4 27 4 10 7 Unloading cartridge from the drive 0 cece eee eeceeeceeecesecesecsecsaecseeeseeeneeees 4 28 4 10 8 Opening the Magazine Door cei ceeeeseeereeeeeeeeceeeceeceseecsaecaeeeseseaeeseeeeenes 4 28 4 11 WHEN TO USE THE CLEANING TAPE CARTRIDGE csecscseseesesseseeeceeseeeenseneeseeeeneegs 4 29 CHAPTER 5 CONFIGURING AND OPERATING THE DLT2700 MINI LIBR
247. t and initiator if a READ or WRITE command is issued Last Block Location The block address associated with the current physical position the next block to be transferred to the media and from the target s buffer If the buffer is empty or has only a partial block the same value as First Block Location will be reported The first block or filemark written onto the media is at address zero Number of Blocks in Buffer The number of data blocks in the target s buffer Number of Bytes in Buffer The number of data bytes in the buffer that have not been written to the medium 8 98 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 16 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS 1Ch Bit fee oe JS Jee Se ee C Sreratoncaserson MSB Allocation Length ea e we Figure 8 66 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS CDB RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS tells the drive to send analysis data to the initiator after completion of a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command The following data will be returned by this command A REQUEST SENSE command should be issued to obtain more detailed information following a check condition on a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Bit Controller Present flag Controller Error flag Figure 8 67 Receive Diagnostic Result Data Format This information simply indicates which of the main components of the subsystem has failed testing DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 99 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 17 RELEASE UNIT 17h
248. t has allocated for returned MODE SENSE data An Allocation Length of zero means that the drive will return no MODE SENSE data This is not considered an error and GOOD status is returned 8 72 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 1 MODE SENSE Parameter List The MODE SENSE 6 data contains a 4 byte header followed by one 8 byte block descriptor followed by zero or more variable length pages depending on the Page Code and the Allocation Length Bit z ee ee ee ee el Byte o Sense Data Length Figure 8 45 MODE SENSE 6 Data Header The MODE SENSE 10 data contains an 8 byte header followed by one 8 byte block descriptor followed by zero or more variable length pages The MODE SENSE 10 data header format is as follows DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 73 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Figure 8 46 MODE SENSE 10 Data Header Bit z dse b kh bh k h lo 0 Density Code Page Code Additional Page Length Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter Bytes Figure 8 48 MODE SENSE Page Descriptor Data Length The Sense Data Length specifies the length in bytes of the following MODE SENSE data that is available to be transferred during DATA IN phase The Sense Data Length does not include itself Media Type This field indicates the media type The value is as follows 00h Unknown media or media not present 81h Cleaning tape 82h CompacTape or CompacTape IT 83h CompacTape
249. t the SCSI signal cable 1 Ensure the mini library power is turned off 2 Connect one end of the SCSI cable to an available SCSI signal connector on the mini library rear panel 3 Snap the wire cable clamps into place or tighten the screws whichever is supplied to secure the cable 4 Connect the other end of the SCSI signal cable to the SCSI connector on your system or for daisy chained configurations to another SCSI device See your system documentation for system SCSI connections DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 7 Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 4 Test the Installation This section tells you how to run the power on self test POST and what to do after POST 4 4 1 Run POST To test the installation for the mini library by running POST 1 Turn on the system power 2 Set the power switch on the mini library rear panel to on Result POST runs automatically when you turn on the mini library 3 Watch the display on the mini library front panel Ensure the sequence of events are the same as listed Event Action 1 The message LDR RST loader reset displays 2 The message LDR ACT loader active displays 3 A series of numbers display as the mini library elevator goes up and down 4 The message LDR RDY loader ready displays 4 4 2 What to Do after POST Verify whether the POST events took place If Then All the events took place POST succeeded The mini library is r
250. table The parameter name may be in upper or lowercase DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 63 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Table 8 3 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters Name Value Rep Default Skip Length Usage Default Bytes VENDORID ASCII DEC 1 8 Vendor Identification field in Inquiry Data PRODUCTID ASCII DLT2000 1 16 Product Identification field in Inquiry Data FORCEDENSITY ASCII 0 0 1 O automatic2 1 DLT260 Decimal 2 DLT600 3 DLT2000 FORCECOMP ASCI Binary 0 0 1 O automatic 1 Always compress unless front panel selection disables it DEFAULTCOMPON ASCI Binary 1 0 1 0 Compression defaulted off on powerup reset 1 Compression defaulted to on on powerup reset DEFFIXEDBLKLEN ASCH 0 0 8 Default fixed block size Decimal ENBINQMEDCHGR ASCI Binary 0 0 1 0 disable media changer bit 1 enable media changer bit in byte 6 of inquiry data LOADERLUN ASCH 1 0 1 1 7 LUN to report media Decimal loader device on REWINDONRESET ASCI Binary 1 0 1 0 Do not rewind on Bus Reset or BDR msg Caution May have partial block data written to the tape if reset happens during writing 1 Rewind the media to BOT on reset ENALDRAUTOLD ASCII Binary 1 0 1 To turn on off sequential loading with loader Parameter setting if set remains after the firmware update 2Parameter is not forced to a special format which is decided by the parameters selected in MODE SELECT 8 64 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI I
251. tape media using a block size of 4096 that is dd ltf and so forth The tape has to be uncompressed 7 4 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape 7 4 Firmware Update Procedure Section 7 4 describes the procedure for updating the firmware code of the DLT2000 subsystem controller The update is done from a cartridge that stores the firmware image Firmware update from the host is also supported See the section on the SCSI WRITE BUFFER command in Chapter 8 for details Firmware updates are supported on the DLT2000 with and without the media loader The steps for performing the update are similar for each To update the firmware with the e Drive only configuration see Updating the Firmware on DLT2000 Drive Only Configuration e Drive and loader configuration see Updating the Firmware on the DLT2500 Drive and Loader Configuration e Drive and loader configuration see Updating the Firmware on the DLT2700 Drive and Loader Configuration Caution Never turn off power if you think the firmware is being updated This can damage the controller 7 4 1 Updating the Firmware on DLT2000 Drive Only Configuration 1 Get or make a CompacTape III with the firmware image of the desired revision level copied to it 2 Put the DLT2000 subsystem into firmware update mode To do this a Remove any cartridge that is in the target DLT2000 drive and close the handle down position b Press th
252. te 33 W maximum 2 5 A steady state 3 0 A maximum 0 8 A steady state 3 0 A maximum SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended or differential with a separate SCSI LUN ID for the mini library and tape drive 80 000 hours Table Top 100 to 240 Vac A C 50W maximum N A N A SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended or differential with a separate SCSI LUN ID for the mini library and tape drive 80 000 hours DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 3 Technical Specifications A 2 1 Identifying the Correct AC Power Cord Warning Do not attempt to modify or use an external 100 115 VAC power cord for 220 240 VAC input power Modifying the power cord can cause personal injury and severe equipment damage An AC power cord was supplied with your unit Carefully inspect it and make sure that it is the correct one for your country or region based on the criteria listed below If you feel the supplied AC power cord is not correct contact your authorized Quantum service representative The AC power cord used with this equipment must meet the following criteria 1 UL and CSA Certified cordage rated for use at 250 VAC with a current rating that is at least 125 of the current rating of the product In Europe the cordage must have the lt HAR gt mark 2 The AC plug must be terminated in a grounding type male plug designed for use in your country It must also have marks showing certification by an agency acceptable in
253. tem DLT2000 SCSI Interface Type of Parameter Values Threshold Values Cumulative Values Default Threshold Values Default Cumulative Values Figure 8 13 LOG Page Control Definitions All types of parameter values are changeable through Log Select When the PC field is set to 00b or 01b and the Parameter List Length is zero the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION Status with Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB This is because modification of Current Threshold Values and Current Cumulative Values is not supported When the PC field is set to 10b and the Parameter List Length field is 0 then all Current Threshold Values will be reset to the Default Threshold Values This is equivalent to no change as Threshold Values cannot be modified When the PC field is set to 11b and the Parameter List Length field is 0 then all Current Cumulative Values will be reset to the Default Cumulative Values This is equivalent to clearing all log pages which can be cleared Parameter List Length This field specifies the length in bytes of the LOG SELECT parameter list to be transferred from the initiator to the target during the DATA OUT phase A parameter list length of zero indicates that no data is to be transferred This condition is not considered an error see the description of Parameter Code Reset and Page Control fields in this section Error Detection Summary in LOG SELECT CDB The following conditio
254. ter 06 by 1 048 576 and then adding the counter value returned for parameter 07 will give the actual total bytes transferred from the initiator to the buffer Parameter codes 08 and 09 report the counts of bytes written to the tape Parameter code 08 reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter code 09 reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that has been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for parameter 08 by 1 048 576 and then adding the counter value returned for parameter 09 will give the actual total bytes written to the tape DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 45 DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 MODE SELECT 15h Bit Operation Code 15h Parameter List Length Figure 8 29 MODE SELECT CDB MODE SELECT enables the host to configure the device Implementing MODE SELECT and MODE SENSE requires a certain amount of handshaking between the host and the drive Before configuring the drive the host should issue a MODE SENSE to get the current configuration and determine what parameters are configurable The host interprets this information and may then issue MODE SELECT to set the drive to the host s preferred configuration The drive always powers up with its default configurations set This is also true if the drive receives a BUS DEVICE RESET message or a hard reset through the RST line on the SCSI bus PF The Page Format bit indicates that the data sent by the host after the MODE SELE
255. tes ee eee a Byte ee eee SE Figure 8 64 READ POSITION CDB The READ POSITION command is used to read a position identifier or SCSI Logical Block Address The LOCATE command uses this identifier to position back to this same logical position in a high performance fashion BT The Block Type bit indicates how the position is interpreted Since this device uses the same logical block address whether this bit is set or not the setting of BT is ignored The logical block address values include all recorded objects blocks and filemarks Note The drive returns CHECK CONDITION with the Unit Not Ready Sense Key with the Read Position command if the media is not ready to be accessed 8 96 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 15 1 READ POSITION Data Format Bit ra razr EEE ES Partition Number MSB Byte First Block Location Last Block Location Reserved Number of Blocks in Buffer Number of Bytes in Buffer E 3 E E E Figure 8 65 READ POSITION Data Format The BOP and EOP bits will be set as appropriate The Block Position Unknown BPU bit is never set since the setting of the BT bit in the Read Position CDB does not affect the block address values returned DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 97 DLT2000 SCSI Interface First Block Location The block address associated with the current logical position the next block to be transferred between the targe
256. th the meaning of the Transfer Length field and whether fixed length or variable length blocks are to be transferred If the Fixed bit is set to zero Variable Block mode is selected A single block is transferred from the initiator and is written to the logical unit beginning at the current logical tape position Upon successful termination the tape is logically positioned after this block EOM P side The Transfer Length specifies the number of bytes that the drive handshakes out from the initiator If the Fixed bit is set to one the Transfer Length field specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the host beginning at the current tape position This form of WRITE is valid only if the logical unit is currently operating in Fixed Block mode in other words when it has been instructed to use fixed length blocks with MODE SELECT The current block length is the block length defined in the MODE SELECT command Upon termination the tape is logically positioned after these blocks Transfer Length This field contains the length of the data transfer in bytes or blocks depending on whether Fixed or Variable block mode is selected If the Transfer Length is zero no data is transferred and the current position on the logical unit is not changed Exception Conditions If EOT is detected while writing the drive will finish writing any buffered data The command terminates with CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense data the EOM bit is s
257. the drive encounters the physical EOP ILI The Incorrect Length Indicator bit indicates that the requested logical block length did not match the logical block length of the data on the tape Only Read or Verify may cause this bit to be set DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 103 DLT2000 SCSI Interface Sense Key In most cases Additional Sense Code and or Qualifier information is available See the tables later in this section Information Bytes These bytes contain the differences residue of the requested length minus the actual length in bytes blocks or Filemarks as determined by the command Negative values are indicated by two s complement notation The bytes are valid for all read write space and verify tape commands for which a CHECK CONDITION status has been generated The information bytes are zero for MODE SELECT SENSE INQUIRY READ BLOCK LIMITS and TEST UNIT READY Additional Sense Length This specifies the number of additional sense bytes to follow If the Allocation Length of the command descriptor block is too small to transfer all of the additional sense bytes the Additional Sense Length is not adjusted to reflect the truncation Command Specific Information Bytes Command Specific Bytes are handled as device specific and can be logged by the operating system on error conditions On media errors this usually contains the current SCSI Logical Block Address Additional Sense Code ASC and ASC Qu
258. the page length does not match that expected by the drive a CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST The drive also returns a CHECK CONDITION status with an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key if the host sends an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values not supported or changeable In this case no parameters will be changed by the command 8 50 DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT2000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 3 Control Mode Page 0Ah The control mode page provides controls over several features such as tagged queuing extended contingent allegiance asynchronous event notification and error logging Bit ESEAS ELENEN Byte Reserved MSB Ready AEN Holdoff Period E i Figure 8 32 Control Mode Page 0Ah A report log exception condition RLEC bit of one specifies the target shall report log exception conditions An RLEC bit of zero specifies the target shall not report log exception conditions Page Code The Page Code identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred This is the Control Mode Page The valid value for Page Code is 0Ah Page Length The Page Length indicates the number of bytes in the Control Mode Page that follow this byte The valid value for this byte is 06h RLEC The RLEC bit works with the READ WRITE Error Log Sense Page Refer to the previous section Read Write Error Log SENSE Page Format Page 2 and 3 under the TMC bit descripti
259. the verifications the image data is installed into the controller s nonvolatile code memory This chapter details the firmware update procedure DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 1 Firmware Update From Tape 7 2 1 Before Doing the Procedure Before doing the procedure remember Caution During the firmware update when the new image is actually being programmed into the FLASH EEPROMs a power fail but not BUS RESET causes the controller module to be unusable When doing a firmware update take reasonable precautions to prevent a power fail 7 2 1 1 Updating Firmware on a Standalone System The user can update the subsystem even when the subsystem is not attached to a SCSI bus that is a standalone system However to do an update the Power On Self Test POST must pass first and to pass POST needs a properly terminated bus The single ended DLT2000 controller module has active terminators Note the jumper covering the two pins labeled on the etch TRM PWR TRM ENB The differential DLT2000 controller module does not have on board termination To do a firmware update on a standalone system 1 Find the TRM PWR TRM ENB connector on the left side of the DLT2000 drive Figure 7 1 number 7 2 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape Front Bezel Left Side Front
260. ting Shock A 15 Operating Vibration A 15 Operations initiator target 8 2 Operator Control Panel 4 9 Operator Control Panel OCP 4 10 Overview DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 1 1 P Page Control Mode Page OAh 8 51 8 78 Data Compression Page OFh 8 53 8 82 Data Transfer Element Status Page 8 137 Device Capabilities Page 1Fh 8 138 Device Configuration Page 10h 8 55 Device Configuration Page 10h 8 80 Disconnect Reconnect Page 02h 8 58 8 84 EEROM Vendor Unique Page 3Eh 8 63 8 88 Element Address Assignment Page 1Dh 8 140 Last n Error Events Page 07h 8 41 Medium Partition Page 11h 8 60 Medium Partition Page 11h 8 85 Medium Transport Element Status Page 8 135 MODE SELECT Pages 8 50 MODE SENSE Pages 8 77 Read Write Compression Ratio Page Format 32h 8 42 Read Write Error Log Page Page 2 and 3 8 38 Read Write Error Recovery Page 01h 8 61 8 86 Storage Element Status Page 8 136 Supported Pages Log Page Page 0 8 37 Transport Geometry Parameters Page 1Eh 8 142 Vital Product Data Pages 8 22 Page format 8 37 Parity checking disable 5 3 Index disabling 3 2 Performance specification DLT2000 tape drive A 11 PO ST failure packets D 4 POST 5 15 after you run it 2 9 running 2 8 POST drive 3 12 POST events 4 8 Power connectors 3 6 Power cord connection 2 7 Power problems 6 8 Power on 5 15 8 3 Power on range environmental specifications A 13 Power on self t
261. tns 5 18 5 8 4 Opening the ReCeiver spennes ioner A i E E E E e 5 19 D D MAGAZINE EERS costa sveaeads untoasegeesveegtsedeosnesents 5 20 9 9 1 Insertin 8a Cartridge sses ise seresa keepe i p ites copsesah dh Joey NEES EESE ii e 5 20 5 9 2 Removing a Cartridge from the Magazine esseseeesseesssreesrsrrererrsrreresreerrsreerssere 5 23 5 9 3 Removing the Magazine from the Receiver s seeeseessseeesesreerssrrrreresrrerrsrerrssene 5 23 5 9 4 Installing the Magazine into the Receiver eee eee eecesecesecesececesecnaecnseeneeenes 5 23 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE FOR THE DLT2500 DLT2700 MINI LIBRARY 6 1 IN THIS O E NAN a U A RAE AEE EE A EAE AE 6 1 6 2 CONDITIONS NECESSARY FOR BUTTON OPERATION eseeesrererrerrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrerererererere 6 1 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem vii Table of Contents 6 3 BACKUP OPERATION FAILURE csssssseceesseeeceeccecessseeecsesaececeeeeecesaeeecseaaececseseeeesseeeesaas 6 3 6 4 AVOIDING BASIC PROBLEMS ccscssssseessscessseceseeeseeceseeeeseecueeesseeceseeeesaeceseeeesseceeeeesaeeees 6 4 6 5 DLT2500 ERROR CONDITIONS rerni aare eese ae e a i e 6 5 6 31 DLT2500 Magazine Error dies icesecsstelecesas sddeccustesetvesdaateddedeostevsde ane TEENER p iiia 6 5 6 5 1 1 DLT2500 Clearing a Magazine seeesseeeseeeeereersreesrsreerssrrrrnsesrenrrsrerrrsresreet 6 5 6 5 2 DLT2500 Loader Error Description sssseesssesesreeseesesreeresetersserrreersrrrrn
262. to turn DLT2000 compressed format on and off independently of the tape s position and allows you to enable or disable decompression of DLT2000 compressed data during write operations Bit T7T el l l l 1 E Une E Compression Algorithm Decompression Algorithm Reserved Figure 8 33 Data Compression Page OFh Page Code The Page Code identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred This is the Data Compression Page The valid value for the Page Code is OFh Page Length The Page Length indicates the number of bytes in the Data Compression Page that follow this byte The valid value for this byte is OEh DCE Data Compression Enable The Data Compression Enable bit specifies whether the DLT2000 should enable or disable data compression When the DCE bit is 1 the DLT2000 starts in compressed format DCC Data Compression Capable The Data Compression Capable bit is used by the MODE SENSE command to indicate that the DLT2000 supports data compression DLT2000 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 53 DLT2000 SCSI Interface DDE Data Decompression Enable When the DLT2000 reads compressed data from tape it automatically decompresses the data before sending it to the initiator Data compression is always enabled so this bit must be set to 1 enable data decompression RED Report Exception on Decompression The DLT2000 does not report exceptions on decompression boundaries between compressed and uncomp
263. tridge removing 4 25 Cartridge unloading from the drive 4 28 Cartridge write protect switch 4 21 Cleaning tape cartridge using 3 23 Cleaning tape cartridge when to use 4 29 Code Update CUP Status Packet A 8 Code update mode 4 19 Combined header and data mode 8 94 Commands sequential access device commands 8 15 Supported SCSI 2 medium changer device 8 131 CompacTape Recording Media Specifications A 26 CompacTape Spec s A 26 Compaction 1 2 Compatibility 1 2 Conducted emissions A 19 Conducted susceptibility A 21 Configuration 2 1 DLT2000 Tabletop 2 4 guidelines 2 4 Configuration guidelines 4 7 Configure DLT2700 5 2 Configure the DLT2500 mini library 4 7 Connecting the SCSI Signal 4 7 Connection power cord 2 7 Control byte 8 14 Control mode 8 78 Control Mode Page 8 51 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 1 Controls cartridge insert release handle 3 11 description 3 11 front panel 3 10 Unload button 3 11 Data cache 8 4 Data compression 8 82 Data mode 8 94 Data protection 3 19 4 21 Data transfer 8 1 Data Transfer Element Status Page 8 137 Data transfer rate 1 2 Datacompression 8 53 Default operating modes 4 17 Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information B 1 Density selecting 3 7 5 9 Density select mode 4 16 4 18 Density select front panel 4 15 Density selection 4 14 Description DLT2000 tape drive A 2 Descriptor mode 8 94 Design life A 25 De
264. ts UL CSA TUV BG MARK and IEC standards 100 to 120 220 to 240 V ac 2 1 A Voltage Selection Switch 82 W typical 113 W maximum 100 to 120 220 to 240 V ac 2 1 A Voltage Selection Switch 82 W typical 113 W maximum SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended or SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended or differential differential 50 s maximum 50 s maximum A 8 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Figure A 2 shows the mounting holes and dimensions in a top view of the DLT2000 drive Ay 5 500 5 84 5 700 139 70 148 3 144 78 y 100 2 54 r gt 3 125 1 875 79 38 47 63 ZKO 1217 11 DG Figure A 2 Mounting Hole Dimensions Top View Tape drive width and height are standard 5 1 4 inch disk drive form factor measurements Both dimensions hold tolerances of 0 020 inches Depth dimensions have tolerances of 00 0 040 in DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 9 Technical Specifications Figure A 3 shows the mounting holes and dimensions in a side view of the DLT2000 drive 9 600 243 84 9 000 228 60 25 8X 6 32UNC 2B 6 4 FULL THREAD 3 250 82 55 820 20 83 of a ZKO 1217 12 DG Figure A 3 Mounting Hole Dimensions Side View A 10 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications A 3 Performanc
265. ts steady For example if the actual tape density is 10 0 and the selected density is 6 0 10 0 lights steady 6 0 blinks and Density Override lights steady 1 Do a SCSI MODE SELECT with the density you want For more details see Chapter 8 2 Write data to the tape from BOT DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 9 Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 4 Overview of the Front Panel The DLT2000 has the following indicators and controls for operating the drive Figure 3 6 SELECT BUTTON CARTRIDGE INSERT RELEASE HANDLE DOWN ZKO 1217 02 DG Figure 3 6 DLT2000 Indicators Indicators Left Side of Drive Indicators Right Side of Drive Density light 2 6 Write Protected light Density light 6 0 Tape in Use light Density light 10 0 Use Cleaning Tape light Compress light Operate Handle light Density Override light Beeper audible not visible Controls Density Select button Unload button Cartridge insert release handle 3 10 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT2000 Basic Tape Drive 3 5 Description of Controls and Indicators Section 3 5 includes the following sections Topic Section Beeper 3 5 1 Unload Button 3 5 2 Cartridge Insert Release Handle 3 5 3 Indic
266. ty changes since they only occur when writing from BOT The user can select density by using any of the following 1 Ona write from beginning of tape BOT tape density is selected by one of the following e Front panel Density Select mode NOTE The user can execute a front panel density selection at any time but the selection takes effect only on the next write from BOT e Programmable host selection via your operating system e Native default density 10 GB and Compress assuming you did not use the Select mode or the host selection 2 On all read operations and all write append operations the recorded density is the density to be used CAUTION Doing any write from BOT destroys existing data on tape 4 14 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT2500 Mini Library 4 7 1 Front Panel Density Select Mode To select density via the front panel l 2 If a tape is loaded in the drive the display shows the tape s pre recorded density The user can use the mini library OCP at various times not just after you load a tape Density selection is inactive until you issue the write from BOT command The controller remembers the density selection state until you do one of the following e Change the density selection e Press the Open button to open the door Enter Density Select mode by pressing the Display Mode button and then the Select button on the OCP Using Density Select m
267. ty error 48 00 IDE Message received 49 00 Invalid Message Error 4E 00 Overlapped commands attempted e Volume Overflow Dh no additional sense code e Miscompare Eh no additional sense code Note The Filemark EOM ILI bits may be set even though ASC ASCQ 00 00 1 FM EOM ILI bit may be set with no sense key 0 and ASC ASCQ 00 00 2 FM EOM ILI bit may be set with recovered error 1 and ASC ASCQ 00 00 3 FM EOM ILI bit may be set with medium error 3 and ASC ASCQ 00 00 4 EOM bit is set at Volume Overflow Dh and ASC ASCQ 00 00 5 FM byte 2 bit 7 EOM byte 2 bit 6 and ILI byte 2 bit 5 are fields in request data See figure on REQUEST SENSE Data DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem C 5 Sense Key Information C 6 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Appendix D EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs D 1 EEROM Packets Last n Error Events The DLT2000 products keep certain error and event logs in semi permanent non volatile memory EEROM on the ECM There is room for a total of 14 such information packets in EEROM each consisting of 98 bytes 96 data bytes plus 2 control bytes of information Packets can be written for many different reasons and several packet types exist but each must conform to the standard EEROM LOG packet envelope as shown in Figure D 1 The information logs are maintained as a circular buffer a new entry will overwrite the oldest exist
268. uct T ea EERE 2 9 2 4 DLT2000 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART ccssssccccccecsessssececececsesssaececeeeeceesessseeeeceeesenseaeees 2 10 3 1 RESULTS OF DENSITY SELECTION cccssssscccececeessseececccecsesnsaeeecccecsessaaeeecececeessaseeeeeeeeenes 3 9 3 2 POST SEQUENCE OF EVENTS cccccesssssscecececeeseseeecececeeceensaececceeesensaececececsenensaeeeeeens 3 13 3 3 DETERMINING THE DRIVE S OPERATING CONDITION scssscssececeesessecaeceeececsessneceeeeeees 3 14 3 4 BEFORE LOADING THE CARTRIDGE scssscssccececsessseececececsesssaeccecececeeseaceecececeesenseaeseeeens 3 19 3 4 AFTER LOADING THE CARTRIDGE AND OPERATING csessssesecececsessssaeceeccecsensaseeeeeeees 3 19 3 5 WHAT IS HAPPENING DURING CARTRIDGE USE RIGHT SIDE LIGHTS ccceeseeeeeees 3 22 3 6 WHEN TO USE THE CLEANING CARTRIDGE cccsssscccceceesesssceceecceesessecaecececeesensaseeeeeeees 3 23 4 1 MINI LIBRARY OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL ccccecessessececececeesssececeeeceecsensaeeeeceeeeensas 4 10 4 2 DISPLAY MESSAGES 3 cece evsevedsccsvavesdectucdeccovsvestuose de dee svnoctecsted deddstascticsteds eeestuectenstesteseveees 4 11 4 3 DENSITY SELECT MODE ccccccccccscsssscececececsesseaeceeececsessaaececececsessaasceceesesesenssaeeeeeceseeeneas 4 16 4 4 CARTRIDGE BEFORE LOADING ccsecsccccccecsesssaececececseseaecaececccecseaaececececsessaseeeeeeeeeneas 4 21 4 5 AFTER LOADING THE CARTRIDGE cc cccccccecsessssscecececseseececececcecsessa
269. vice Capabilities page 8 138 Device configuration 8 55 8 80 Diagram loading a cartrige 3 21 unloading a cartridge 3 24 write protect switch 3 18 Disable Parity checking 2 5 Disabling parity checking 3 2 5 3 Disconnect Reconnect 8 58 page 8 84 Display messages 4 11 Display Mode button 4 10 DLT2000 rear panel 2 6 troubleshooting 2 10 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 overview 1 1 DLT2500 Controller error description 6 5 DLT2500 Drive error description 6 5 DLT2500 Error conditions 6 5 DLT2500 Errors clearing for loader drive controller or unknown 6 6 DLT2500 Errors clearing for magazine 6 5 DLT2500 Loader error description 6 5 DLT2500 Magazine status of 6 5 DLT2500 Magazine error 6 5 DLT2500 Mini library operating procedure 4 1 DLT2500 Mini library configure install 4 7 DLT2500 Unknown error description 6 6 DLT2500xt Loader timing characteristics Loader performance specifications A 12 DLT2700 Configuring 5 2 overview 5 1 DLT2700 Controller fault description 6 8 DLT2700 Drive fault description 6 8 DLT2700 Error conditions 6 6 DLT2700 Loader fault description 6 8 DLT2700 Loader reset 6 8 DLT2700 Loader timing characteristics Loader performance specifications A 12 DLT2700 Magazine status of 6 6 DLT2700 Magzine Error 6 6 Download microcode 8 127 and save 8 127 Drive inquiry response 8 18 Drive reliability A 25 Drive reliability factors A 25 Drive timing characteristics Drive performanc
270. y device on the bus check the cable connections and make sure the terminator is installed at the end of the bus Be sure to install a terminator at each end of the bus One terminator is usually installed at the system 2 10 DLT2000 DLT2500 DLT2700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Installing and Configuring the DLT2000 Tabletop Drive Table 2 4 DLT2000 Troubleshooting Chart cont d If Your system does not recognize the DLT2000 The DLT2000 does not power up All right side or all left side indicators on the DLT2000 front panel blink You are finding fatal or nonfatal errors for which you cannot determine the cause Then 1 The SCSI bus might be too long 2 Too many devices might be on the bus The DLT2000 has no power A drive fault has occurred The bus termination or SCSI signal cable connections might be incorrect The ac power source grounding might be incorrect You should 1 Limit the bus length to the ANSI SCSI standard of 6 meters 19 feet for single ended SE or 25 meters 82 feet for differential 2 Limit the number of devices on the bus including the system to eight Check your system configuration rules Check the DLT2000 power cord connections with the DLT2000 power switch off Press the Unload button on the DLT2000 front panel to clear the error If unsuccessful power off then on and look at indicators to determine if POST executed successfully Make sur

Quantum DLT2700xt User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents